TWI904325B - Methods for manufacturing protective film forming films, composites for forming protective films, and wafers with protective films. - Google Patents
Methods for manufacturing protective film forming films, composites for forming protective films, and wafers with protective films.Info
- Publication number
- TWI904325B TWI904325B TW111102504A TW111102504A TWI904325B TW I904325 B TWI904325 B TW I904325B TW 111102504 A TW111102504 A TW 111102504A TW 111102504 A TW111102504 A TW 111102504A TW I904325 B TWI904325 B TW I904325B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- protective film
- aforementioned
- film forming
- energy
- wafer
- Prior art date
Links
Abstract
本發明為能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜(13),保護膜形成膜(13)係含有能量線硬化性成分(a),使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化並以260℃加熱處理10分鐘之後之保護膜之重量(W 3)相對於能量線硬化前之前述保護膜形成膜的重量(W 0)的重量減少率(ΔW 3)為3.0%以下,使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化之後,無機充填材料以外之成分之凝膠分率為60%以上。 The present invention is an energy-line hardening protective film forming film (13). The protective film forming film (13) contains an energy-line hardening component (a). After the aforementioned protective film forming film is subjected to energy-line hardening and heated at 260°C for 10 minutes, the weight reduction rate ( ΔW3 ) of the protective film ( W3 ) relative to the weight ( W0 ) of the aforementioned protective film forming film before energy-line hardening is 3.0% or less. After the aforementioned protective film forming film is subjected to energy-line hardening, the gel content of components other than inorganic filler materials is 60% or more.
Description
本發明係關於一種保護膜形成膜、保護膜形成用複合片、以及具保護膜之晶片的製造方法。 本案基於2021年3月29日在日本提出申請之日本特願2021-055013號主張優先權,且將該申請案的內容引用至本文中。 This invention relates to a protective film forming film, a composite sheet for forming a protective film, and a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film. This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-055013, filed on March 29, 2021, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
於半導體晶圓或絕緣體晶圓等晶圓,有些在其中一面(電路面)形成有電路,進而在該面(電路面)上具有凸塊等突狀電極。這種晶圓係藉由分割而作成晶片,藉由該突狀電極被連接於電路基板上的連接焊墊,而搭載於前述電路基板。 為了抑制在這種晶圓或晶片之中產生龜裂等破損,有時將與電路面相反側的面(內面)以保護膜來進行保護。 Semiconductor wafers or insulator wafers, for example, sometimes have electrical circuits formed on one side (the electrical surface), and thus have protruding electrodes such as bumps on that side (the electrical surface). These wafers are diced into chips, and these protruding electrodes are connected to bonding pads on a circuit substrate, thus mounting the wafers onto the circuit substrate. To prevent cracking and other damage in these wafers or chips, sometimes a protective film is applied to the side opposite the electrical surface (the inner surface).
為了形成這種保護膜,係於晶圓的內面貼附用以形成保護膜之保護膜形成膜。保護膜形成膜係被積層於用以支撐此保護膜形成膜之支撐片上,亦有時以保護膜形成用複合片的狀態來使用,亦有時不積層於支撐片上來使用。在保護膜形成膜經雷射標記後,為了提高保護膜形成層的保護性能,視需要經由熱或是能量線使之硬化,藉由切割而將半導體晶圓分割為晶片,並進行拾取。或是將保護膜形成膜藉由熱或是能量線使之硬化所形成之保護膜進行雷射標記後,藉由切割將半導體晶圓分割為晶片,並進行拾取。然後,所拾取之具保護膜之半導體晶片係經覆晶連接於母板等電路基板上的連接焊墊,藉由將電路基板進行加熱而熔解具保護膜之晶片上的突狀電極(以下稱為回流步驟),強化突狀電極與電路基板上的連接焊墊之電性連接,構裝於電路基板。To form this protective film, a protective film forming film is attached to the inner surface of the wafer. The protective film forming film is deposited on a support sheet to support it, sometimes as a protective film forming composite, and sometimes not deposited on the support sheet. After the protective film forming film is laser-marked, to improve its protective performance, it is hardened by heat or power lines as needed, and the semiconductor wafer is then diced into chips for pickup. Alternatively, the protective film formed by hardening it with heat or power lines can be laser-marked, and the semiconductor wafer can be diced into chips for pickup. Then, the picked-up semiconductor chip with protective film is connected to the bonding pads on the motherboard or other circuit substrates via flip-chip bonding. By heating the circuit substrate to melt the protruding electrodes on the chip with protective film (hereinafter referred to as the reflow step), the electrical connection between the protruding electrodes and the bonding pads on the circuit substrate is strengthened, and the chip is mounted on the circuit substrate.
保護膜形成膜中,存在著不具有硬化性且可以該狀態直接作為保護膜而發揮功能之非硬化性保護膜形成膜。在使用非硬化性之保護膜形成膜之情形時,由於不需要硬化步驟,故可以藉由精簡化之方法,以低成本來製造具保護膜之晶片。另一方面,在使用硬化性之保護膜形成膜之情形時,由於將保護膜形成膜之硬化物作為保護膜,故具有晶圓的保護能力高之優點。並且,藉由加熱而硬化之熱硬化性之保護膜形成膜,在該硬化時的加熱雖然具有相對長時間,但藉由能量線的照射而硬化之能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜,具有該硬化時的能量線照射可以短時間完成之優點。因此,正在開發各種能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜(參照專利文獻1至專利文獻3)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] Among protective film formation films, there exist non-curable protective film formation films that do not possess curing properties and can directly function as protective films in their current state. When using non-curable protective film formation films, since a curing step is unnecessary, wafers with protective films can be manufactured at a low cost through a simplified method. On the other hand, when using curable protective film formation films, since the cured material of the protective film formation film serves as the protective film, it has the advantage of high wafer protection capability. Furthermore, while thermosetting protective film formation films cured by heating require a relatively long heating time, energy line-curable protective film formation films cured by energy line irradiation have the advantage of having a short energy line irradiation time for curing. Therefore, various energy line-curable protective film formation films are being developed (see Patents 1 to 3). [Previous Art Documents] [Patent Documents]
[專利文獻1]日本特開2010-031183號公報。 [專利文獻2]國際公開第2017/188197號。 [專利文獻3]國際公開第2019/082977號。 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-031183. [Patent Document 2] International Publication No. 2017/188197. [Patent Document 3] International Publication No. 2019/082977.
[發明所欲解決之課題][The problem the invention aims to solve]
使用先前的保護膜形成膜或是保護膜形成用複合片之具保護膜之半導體晶片的製造方法之中,觀察到將所拾取之具保護膜之半導體晶片構裝於電路基板時的回流步驟中,在保護膜表面滲出低分子量體之現象。保護膜表面的滲出可能有損及設計性且使雷射標記劣化之虞。In previous methods for manufacturing semiconductor wafers with protective films, including protective film forming films or protective film forming composites, a phenomenon has been observed where low molecular weight substances ooze onto the protective film surface during the reflow step when assembling the picked-up protective film semiconductor wafer onto a circuit substrate. Occurrence onto the protective film surface may impair design and degrade laser markings.
本發明的目的在於提供一種保護膜形成膜、以及具備前述保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片、以及使用前述保護膜形成膜或是保護膜形成用複合片之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法;前述保護膜形成膜為能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜,將前述保護膜形成膜藉由能量線使之硬化而形成之保護膜,因回流步驟所致滲出得到抑制。 [用以解決課題之手段] The purpose of this invention is to provide a protective film forming film, a protective film forming composite having the aforementioned protective film forming film, and a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film using the aforementioned protective film forming film or the protective film forming composite having a protective film; the aforementioned protective film forming film is an energy line hardening protective film forming film, and the protective film formed by hardening the aforementioned protective film forming film by energy lines suppresses infiltration caused by the reflow step. [Means for solving the problem]
本發明提供一種保護膜形成膜,係能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜;前述保護膜形成膜係含有能量線硬化性成分(a);使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化並於260℃加熱處理10分鐘之後之保護膜之重量(W 3)相對於能量線硬化前之前述保護膜形成膜的重量(W 0)之重量減少率(ΔW 3)為3.0%以下;使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化之後,無機充填材料以外之成分之凝膠分率為60%以上。 The present invention provides a protective film forming membrane, which is an energy-line hardening protective film forming membrane; the aforementioned protective film forming membrane contains an energy-line hardening component (a); the weight reduction rate (ΔW3) of the protective film after energy-line hardening and heat treatment at 260 ° C for 10 minutes relative to the weight ( W0 ) of the aforementioned protective film forming membrane before energy-line hardening is 3.0% or less; after energy-line hardening of the aforementioned protective film forming membrane, the gel content of components other than inorganic filler materials is 60% or more .
本發明之保護膜形成膜之中,較佳係使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化並以260℃加熱處理10分鐘之後之保護膜之光澤值(G2)相對於使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化之後之保護膜之光澤值(G1)之降低率為30%以下。In the protective film formed by the present invention, it is preferable that the gloss value (G2) of the protective film after energy line hardening and heat treatment at 260°C for 10 minutes is reduced by less than 30% relative to the gloss value (G1) of the protective film after energy line hardening.
本發明之保護膜形成膜較佳係前述能量線硬化性成分(a)含有多官能(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物。The protective film of the present invention preferably forms a film in which the aforementioned energy line hardening component (a) contains a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate oligomer.
另外,本發明提供一種保護膜形成用複合片,係具備支撐片、設置於前述支撐片其中一面上之保護膜形成膜;前述保護膜形成膜係上述本發明之保護膜形成膜。In addition, the present invention provides a composite sheet for forming a protective film, which has a support sheet and a protective film forming film disposed on one side of the support sheet; the aforementioned protective film forming film is the protective film forming film of the present invention.
另外,本發明提供一種具保護膜之晶片的製造方法,係用以製造具備晶片、設置於前述晶片的內面之保護膜之具保護膜之晶片;具有如下步驟:藉由於晶圓的內面貼附上述本發明之保護膜形成膜,以製作前述保護膜形成膜以及晶圓於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之第1積層膜;或是藉由於晶圓的內面貼附上述本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中的前述保護膜形成膜,以製作前述支撐片、保護膜形成膜以及晶圓依序於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之第1積層複合片之步驟;藉由使前述第1積層膜中或是第1積層複合片中的前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化而形成前述保護膜,以製作前述保護膜以及晶圓於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之第2積層膜;或是製作前述支撐片、保護膜以及晶圓依序於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之第2積層複合片之步驟;在前述第2積層膜的前述保護膜側設置有切割片之狀態下,藉由分割前述第2積層膜中的前述晶圓,切斷前述保護膜,以製作多個前述具保護膜之晶片被固定在前述切割片上而構成之第3積層膜;或是藉由分割前述第2積層複合片中的前述晶圓,切斷前述保護膜,以製作多個前述具保護膜之晶片被固定在前述支撐片上而構成之第3積層複合片之步驟;藉由將前述第3積層膜中的前述具保護膜之晶片自前述切割片扯離,或是藉由將前述第3積層複合片中的前述具保護膜之晶片自前述支撐片扯離,而進行拾取之步驟。 [發明功效] Furthermore, this invention provides a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film, which is used to manufacture a wafer having a protective film disposed on the inner surface of the wafer; comprising the following steps: by attaching the protective film of this invention to the inner surface of the wafer to form a first laminated film consisting of the protective film and the wafer in the thickness direction of these layers; or by attaching the protective film of this invention to the inner surface of the wafer... The protective film forming film in the protective film forming composite sheet is used to fabricate the first laminated composite sheet, which is formed by sequentially stacking the support sheet, the protective film forming film, and the wafer in the thickness direction of these layers. The protective film is formed by energy line hardening of the protective film forming film in the first laminated film or in the first laminated composite sheet, thereby fabricating the protective film and the wafer in the thickness direction of these layers. The second laminated film; or the step of fabricating a second laminated composite film by sequentially laminating the aforementioned support sheet, protective film, and wafer in the thickness direction of these layers; with a dicing blade provided on the protective film side of the aforementioned second laminated film, the aforementioned protective film is cut by dicing the aforementioned wafer in the aforementioned second laminated film to fabricate a third laminated film composed of multiple aforementioned wafers with protective films fixed on the aforementioned dicing blade; or The process involves dividing the wafer in the second laminated composite and cutting the protective film to create a third laminated composite consisting of multiple protective film-bearing wafers fixed on a support sheet; and picking up the protective film-bearing wafers in the third laminated composite by either peeling them off the dicing blade or peeling them off the support sheet. [Invention Benefits]
根據本發明,提供一種保護膜形成膜、以及具備前述保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片、以及使用前述保護膜形成膜或是保護膜形成用複合片之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法;前述保護膜形成膜為能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜,將前述保護膜形成膜藉由能量線使之硬化所形成之保護膜,因回流步驟所致滲出得到抑制。According to the present invention, a protective film forming film, a protective film forming composite having the aforementioned protective film forming film, and a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film using the aforementioned protective film forming film or the protective film forming composite having a protective film are provided; the aforementioned protective film forming film is an energy line hardening protective film forming film, and the protective film formed by hardening the aforementioned protective film forming film by energy lines is suppressed due to the reflow step.
◇保護膜形成膜 本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成膜,係能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜;前述保護膜形成膜係含有能量線硬化性成分(a);使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化並於260℃加熱處理10分鐘之後之保護膜之重量(W 3)相對於能量線硬化前之前述保護膜形成膜的重量(W 0)之重量減少率(ΔW 3)為3.0%以下;使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化之後,無機充填材料以外之成分之凝膠分率為60%以上。 本實施形態的保護膜形成膜係用以於晶片設置保護膜來保護晶片之膜。 ◇Protective Film Forming Membrane One embodiment of the present invention is a line-curing protective film forming membrane; the aforementioned protective film forming membrane contains a line-curing component (a); the weight reduction rate ( ΔW3 ) of the protective film after line curing and heat treatment at 260°C for 10 minutes relative to the weight ( W0 ) of the aforementioned protective film forming membrane before line curing is 3.0 % or less; after line curing, the gel content of components other than inorganic filler materials is 60% or more. The protective film forming membrane of this embodiment is used to apply a protective film to a wafer to protect the wafer.
藉由使用本實施形態的保護膜形成膜或是具備該保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片,可製造具備晶片、設置於前述晶片的內面之保護膜之具保護膜之晶片。 前述具保護膜之晶片,例如可藉由如下方式製造:於晶圓的內面貼附保護膜形成膜之後,藉由保護膜形成膜的硬化而形成保護膜,將晶圓分割為晶片,並將保護膜沿著晶片的外周進行切斷。 By using the protective film forming film of this embodiment or a protective film forming composite having the protective film forming film, a wafer with a protective film, having a wafer and a protective film disposed on the inner surface of the aforementioned wafer, can be manufactured. The aforementioned wafer with a protective film can be manufactured, for example, by attaching the protective film forming film to the inner surface of the wafer, forming a protective film by curing the protective film forming film, dicing the wafer into wafers, and cutting the protective film along the outer periphery of the wafers.
本說明書之中,作為「晶圓」,可列舉如以矽、鍺、硒等元素半導體、或是以GaAs、GaP、InP、CdTe、ZnSe、SiC等化合物半導體所構成之半導體晶圓;以藍寶石、玻璃、鈮酸鋰、鉭酸鋰等絕緣體所構成之絕緣體晶圓。 於這些晶圓其中一面上形成有電路,在本說明書之中,將如此般形成有電路之側的晶圓之面稱為「電路面」。並且將與晶圓的電路面相反側的面稱為「內面」。 晶圓係藉由切割等手段進行分割而成為晶片。本說明書之中,與晶圓的情形相同,將形成有電路之側的晶片之面稱為「電路面」,與晶片的電路面相反側的面稱為「內面」。 於晶圓的電路面與晶片的電路面皆設置有凸塊、支柱等突狀電極。突狀電極較佳係以焊料所構成。 In this specification, the term "wafer" can include semiconductor wafers made of elemental semiconductors such as silicon, germanium, and selenium, or compound semiconductors such as GaAs, GaP, InP, CdTe, ZnSe, and SiC; and insulating wafers made of insulators such as sapphire, glass, lithium niobate, and lithium tantalum oxide. An electrical circuit is formed on one side of these wafers. In this specification, the side of the wafer with the electrical circuit formed is called the "electrical surface." The side opposite to the electrical surface of the wafer is called the "inner surface." Wafers are diced into chips using methods such as dicing. In this specification, similar to the case of a wafer, the side of the chip where the circuitry is formed is called the "surface," and the side opposite to the surface of the wafer is called the "inner surface." Both the surface of the wafer and the surface of the chip have protruding electrodes such as bumps and pillars. These protruding electrodes are preferably made of solder.
進而,可藉由使用前述具保護膜之晶片,來製造基板裝置。 本說明書之中,所謂「基板裝置」,意指具保護膜之晶片於電路面上的突狀電極來覆晶連接電路基板上的連接焊墊所構成。例如只要是作為晶圓而使用半導體晶圓之情形時,作為基板裝置可列舉如半導體裝置。 Furthermore, a substrate device can be manufactured using the aforementioned chip with a protective film. In this specification, "substrate device" refers to a device formed by flip-chip bonding a chip with a protective film to bonding pads on a circuit substrate via protruding electrodes on a circuit surface. For example, whenever a semiconductor wafer is used as the wafer, a semiconductor device can be cited as an example of a substrate device.
本實施形態的保護膜形成膜可為能量線硬化性,進而亦可為熱硬化性,亦可不為熱硬化性。本實施形態的保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性以及熱硬化性之兩者的特性之情形時,對於形成保護膜而言,保護膜形成膜的能量線硬化的貢獻大於熱硬化的貢獻。The protective film forming membrane of this embodiment can be energy-curable, thermosetting, or not thermosetting. When the protective film forming membrane of this embodiment has both energy-curable and thermosetting properties, the energy-curing contribution of the protective film forming membrane to the formation of the protective film is greater than the contribution of thermosetting.
本說明書中,所謂「能量線」,意指具有能量量子之電磁波或帶電粒子束。作為能量線的示例,可列舉紫外線、放射線、電子束等。紫外線例如可藉由使用高壓水銀燈、熔合燈、氙氣燈、黑光燈或LED(Light Emitting Diode;發光二極體)燈等作為紫外線源而進行照射。電子束可照射藉由電子束加速器等產生之電子束。 本說明書中,所謂「能量線硬化性」,意指藉由照射能量線而硬化之性質,所謂「非能量線硬化性」,意指即便照射能量線亦不硬化之性質。 另外,所謂「非硬化性」,意指藉由加熱或能量線之照射等任意方法均不硬化之性質。 In this manual, the term "energy line" refers to an electromagnetic wave or beam of charged particles possessing energy quanta. Examples of energy lines include ultraviolet rays, radiation, and electron beams. Ultraviolet rays can be emitted by irradiating objects using high-pressure mercury lamps, fusion lamps, xenon lamps, black lights, or LED (Light Emitting Diode) lamps as ultraviolet sources. Electron beams can be emitted by irradiating electron beams generated by electron beam accelerators. In this manual, the term "energy line hardening property" refers to the property of hardening by irradiation with an energy line, while "non-energy line hardening property" refers to the property of not hardening even when irradiated with an energy line. Furthermore, the term "non-hardening property" refers to the property of not hardening by any method, such as heating or irradiation with an energy line.
使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化而形成保護膜時的硬化條件,只要是保護膜充分地發揮功能之程度的硬化度的話則無特別限定,根據保護膜形成膜的種類而適宜選擇即可。 例如能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜的能量線硬化時之能量線的照度較佳為60mW/cm 2至320mW/cm 2。並且,前述硬化時之能量線的光量較佳為100mJ/cm 2至1000mJ/cm 2。 The curing conditions for forming a protective film by energy line hardening are not particularly limited as long as the degree of hardening is sufficient to allow the protective film to fully perform its function; they can be appropriately selected according to the type of protective film. For example, the illuminance of the energy line during energy line hardening of an energy line-hardening protective film is preferably between 60 mW/ cm² and 320 mW/ cm² . Furthermore, the light intensity of the energy line during the aforementioned hardening is preferably between 100 mJ/ cm² and 1000 mJ/ cm² .
作為前述保護膜形成膜,例如可列舉含有能量線硬化性成分(a)、以及不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)之保護膜形成膜。 關於前述保護膜形成膜的含有成分,於後文詳細地進行說明。 Examples of protective film forming films include those containing energy-curing components (a) and those without energy-curing groups (b). The components of the aforementioned protective film forming films will be described in detail below.
前述保護膜形成膜,於130℃加熱處理2小時之後的重量減少率ΔW 1較佳為1.5%以下,更佳為1.4%以下,又更佳為1.3%以下。 此處,130℃、2小時的加熱處理條件,係保護膜形成膜為熱硬化性之情形時的熱硬化的一般條件。 藉由重量減少率ΔW 1為前述上限值以下,在前述保護膜形成膜進行加熱處理之情形時的滲出得到抑制。 例如使用TG/DTA同步測定裝置,將保護膜形成膜以昇溫速度10℃/min從25℃昇溫至130℃,進而以130℃加熱2小時。可由加熱前的保護膜形成膜的重量(W 0)與加熱後的保護膜形成膜的重量(W 1),藉由下式(1)來求出重量減少率(ΔW 1)(重量%)。 ΔW 1=(W 0-W 1)/W 0×100・・・(1) The weight reduction rate ΔW1 of the aforementioned protective film-forming film after heat treatment at 130°C for 2 hours is preferably 1.5% or less, more preferably 1.4% or less, and even more preferably 1.3% or less. Here, the heat treatment conditions of 130°C for 2 hours are the general conditions for thermosetting when the protective film-forming film is thermosetting. By ensuring that the weight reduction rate ΔW1 is below the aforementioned upper limit, exudation is suppressed when the aforementioned protective film-forming film is heat-treated. For example, using a TG/DTA simultaneous measuring device, the protective film-forming film is heated from 25°C to 130°C at a heating rate of 10°C/min, and then heated at 130°C for 2 hours. The weight reduction rate (ΔW1) (weight %) can be calculated from the weight of the protective film before heating ( W0 ) and the weight of the protective film after heating ( W1 ) using the following formula ( 1 ): ΔW1 = ( W0 - W1 ) / W0 × 100... (1)
前述保護膜形成膜之能量線硬化之後的重量減少率ΔW 2較佳為0.30%以下,更佳為0.25%以下,又更佳為0.20%以下。 此處,進行能量線硬化之條件,只要是保護膜形成膜充分進行能量線硬化之條件即可並無限定。 The weight reduction rate ΔW2 after energy line curing of the aforementioned protective film is preferably 0.30% or less, more preferably 0.25% or less, and even more preferably 0.20% or less. Here, the conditions for energy line curing are not limited as long as the protective film formation film is sufficiently energy line cured.
使用UV照射裝置,將保護膜形成膜以照度200mW/cm 2、光量300mJ/cm 2的條件,照射2次波長365nm的紫外線。可由能量線硬化前之保護膜形成膜的重量(W 0)與能量線硬化後的保護膜形成膜的重量(W 2),藉由下式(2)來求出重量減少率(ΔW 2)(重量%)。 ΔW 2=(W 0-W 2)/W 0×100・・・(2) Using a UV irradiation device, the protective film was irradiated twice with ultraviolet light at a wavelength of 365 nm under conditions of illuminance of 200 mW/ cm² and light intensity of 300 mJ/cm². The weight reduction rate ( ΔW² ) (weight %) can be calculated from the weight of the protective film before energy line curing ( W₀ ) and the weight of the protective film after energy line curing ( W₂ ) using the following formula (2): ΔW² = ( W₀ - W₂ ) / W₀ × 100... (2)
前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化並以260℃加熱處理10分鐘之後的重量減少率(ΔW 3)為3.0%以下。 藉由重量減少率(ΔW 3)為3.0%以下,將前述保護膜形成膜藉由能量線使之硬化而形成之保護膜之中,因回流步驟所致滲出得到抑制。認為是只要保護膜形成膜經能量線硬化並以260℃加熱處理10分鐘之後的重量減少率(ΔW 3)小,在將具保護膜之半導體晶片構裝於電路基板時的回流步驟之中,在保護膜表面滲出之低分子量體變少。 The weight reduction rate ( ΔW3 ) of the aforementioned protective film after energy line curing and heat treatment at 260°C for 10 minutes is 3.0% or less. With a weight reduction rate ( ΔW3 ) of 3.0% or less, the exudation caused by the reflow step in the protective film formed by energy line curing is suppressed. It is believed that as long as the weight reduction rate ( ΔW3 ) of the protective film after energy line curing and heat treatment at 260°C for 10 minutes is small, less low-molecular-weight material will exudate from the surface of the protective film during the reflow step when assembling the semiconductor wafer with the protective film onto the circuit substrate.
此處,進行能量線硬化之條件,只要是保護膜形成膜充分進行能量線硬化之條件即可並無限定,例如以照度200mW/cm 2、光量300mJ/cm 2的條件,照射2次波長365nm的紫外線即充分。能量線硬化處理例如可使用琳得科公司製UV照射裝置RAD2000來進行。 例如使用TG/DTA同步測定裝置,將紫外線照射後的保護膜以昇溫速度10℃/min自25℃昇溫至260℃,進而以260℃加熱10分鐘。可由能量線硬化前之保護膜形成膜的重量(W 0)、以及使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化並以260℃加熱處理10分鐘之後之保護膜之重量(W 3),藉由下式(3)來求出重量減少率(ΔW 3)(重量%)。 ΔW 3=(W 0-W 3)/W 0×100・・・(3) Here, the conditions for energy line curing are not limited, as long as the protective film formation is sufficiently heat-cured. For example, irradiation with 200 mW/ cm² illuminance and 300 mJ/ cm² light intensity twice with 365 nm wavelength ultraviolet light is sufficient. Energy line curing treatment can be performed, for example, using the RAD2000 UV irradiation device manufactured by Lintec Corporation. For instance, using a TG/DTA simultaneous measurement device, the UV-irradiated protective film can be heated from 25°C to 260°C at a heating rate of 10°C/min, and then heated at 260°C for 10 minutes. The weight reduction rate ( ΔW3 ) (weight %) can be calculated using the following formula ( 3 ): ΔW3 = ( W0 - W3 ) / W0 × 100.
重量減少率(ΔW 3)較佳為2.8%以下,更佳為2.6%以下,又更佳為2.4%以下。 The weight loss rate ( ΔW3 ) is preferably below 2.8%, more preferably below 2.6%, and even more preferably below 2.4%.
前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化之後,無機充填材料以外之成分之凝膠分率為60%以上。藉由前述凝膠分率為60%以上,將前述保護膜形成膜藉由能量線使之硬化而形成之保護膜之中,因回流步驟所致滲出得到抑制。被認為是只要無機充填材料以外之成分之凝膠分率大,在將具保護膜之半導體晶片構裝於電路基板時的回流步驟之中,在保護膜表面滲出之低分子量體變少。 此處,所謂無機充填材料以外之成分之凝膠分率,意指將保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化之後之保護膜之中,無機充填材料以外的成分經過何種程度之凝膠化。在保護膜形成膜之中,無機充填材料因為對於能量線硬化所致樹脂成分的凝膠化沒有貢獻故被排除。 After the aforementioned protective film is line-cured, the gel content of components other than the inorganic filler is 60% or more. By achieving this gel content of 60% or more, leakage during the reflow step is suppressed in the protective film formed by line-curing the aforementioned protective film. It is believed that the higher the gel content of components other than the inorganic filler, the less low-molecular-weight substances will leak onto the surface of the protective film during the reflow step when mounting the semiconductor chip with the protective film onto the circuit board. Here, the gel content of components other than the inorganic filler refers to the degree of gelation of components other than the inorganic filler in the protective film after line-curing the protective film. In the protective film formation process, inorganic fillers are excluded because they do not contribute to the gelation of resin components caused by energy line hardening.
再來,說明無機充填材料以外之成分之凝膠分率之測定方法。 將保護膜形成膜以照度200mW/cm 2、光量300mJ/cm 2的條件,分別照射2次波長365nm的紫外線。例如以尼龍篩網片(篩網尺寸200)包覆紫外線照射後的保護膜,以訂書機釘定而作成試驗片。以精密天秤來秤量試驗片的質量M 1、尼龍篩網片的質量M 2、以及訂書機的針的質量M 3。另外,預先求出保護膜形成膜的試驗片中的無機充填材料(d)的質量M 4。無機充填材料(d)的質量M 4可由保護膜形成膜的製作時的調配量進行計算而求得。 然後,將試驗片浸漬於25℃的乙酸乙酯48小時之後,將紫外線照射後之保護膜之不溶物、尼龍篩網片、以及訂書機的針一起取出並進行乾燥。然後,以精密天秤來秤量浸漬及乾燥後的試驗片的質量M 5。並且,可藉由下述式(4)來求出無機充填材料以外之成分之凝膠分率。 ΔG=(M 5-M 2-M 3-M 4)/(M 1-M 2-M 3-M 4)×100・・・(4) Next, the method for determining the gel content of components other than the inorganic filler material is explained. The protective film forming membrane is irradiated twice with ultraviolet light at a wavelength of 365 nm under conditions of 200 mW/ cm² illuminance and 300 mJ/ cm² light intensity. For example, a test piece is made by covering the ultraviolet-irradiated protective film with a nylon mesh (mesh size 200) and stapled together. The mass M1 of the test piece, the mass M2 of the nylon mesh, and the mass M3 of the stapler needle are weighed using a precision balance. Additionally, the mass M4 of the inorganic filler material (d) in the protective film forming membrane test piece is pre-calculated. The mass M4 of the inorganic filler material (d) can be calculated from the amount prepared during the production of the protective film forming membrane. Then, after immersing the test piece in ethyl acetate at 25°C for 48 hours, the insoluble matter of the protective film after UV irradiation, the nylon mesh, and the stapler needle were removed and dried. Then, the mass M5 of the immersed and dried test piece was weighed using a precision balance. Furthermore, the gel fraction of components other than the inorganic filler material can be calculated using the following formula (4): ΔG=( M5 - M2 - M3 - M4 )/( M1 - M2 - M3 - M4 )×100・・・(4)
此處,(M 1-M 2-M 3-M 4)為能量線硬化後之保護膜之無機充填材料以外之成分之質量,(M 5-M 2-M 3-M 4)為能量線硬化後之保護膜之無機充填材料以外之成分之中,不溶於乙酸乙酯之成分的質量。 Here, ( M1 - M2 - M3 - M4 ) represents the mass of the components other than the inorganic filler material in the protective film after the energy line is hardened, and ( M5 - M2 - M3 - M4 ) represents the mass of the component that is insoluble in ethyl acetate among the components other than the inorganic filler material in the protective film after the energy line is hardened.
較佳係使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化並以260℃加熱處理10分鐘之後之保護膜之光澤值(G2)相對於使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化之後之保護膜之光澤值(G1)之降低率為30%以下,更佳為28%以下,又更佳為26%以下。藉由前述降低率為前述上限值以下,在構裝於電路基板時的回流步驟之中,將保護膜形成膜藉由能量線使之硬化而形成之保護膜的表面的滲出得到抑制。Preferably, the gloss value (G2) of the protective film after energy line curing and heat treatment at 260°C for 10 minutes is reduced by 30% or less, more preferably by 28% or less, and even more preferably by 26% or less. By reducing the gloss value by less than the aforementioned upper limit, surface penetration of the protective film formed by energy line curing of the protective film is suppressed during the reflow step when mounting it onto a circuit board.
前述光澤值(G1)、以及前述光澤值(G2),皆是於保護對象的晶圓積層有將保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化而形成之保護膜之狀態進行測定。保護膜的光澤值係以從前述保護膜側計入射角60°的條件進行測定。The aforementioned gloss values (G1) and (G2) were measured when the protective film was formed by energy line hardening of the protective film on the wafer of the protected object. The gloss value of the protective film was measured at an incident angle of 60° from the protective film side.
更具體而言,藉由使前述第1積層膜中的前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化而形成前述保護膜,以製作前述保護膜以及晶圓於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之第2積層膜。使用光澤度計,以從第2積層膜的前述保護膜之側計入射角60°的條件來測定保護膜的光澤值(G1)。之後,可將第2積層膜以260℃加熱10分鐘,將加熱後之保護膜之光澤值(G2)以與加熱前的光澤值(G1)之測定相同條件進行測定。 另外,藉由使前述第1積層複合片中的前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化而形成前述保護膜,以製作前述支撐片、保護膜以及晶圓依序於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之第2積層複合片。自第2積層複合片剝離支撐片而作為試驗片,使用光澤度計,以從前述保護膜之側計入射角60°的條件來測定保護膜的光澤值(G1)。之後,可將試驗片以260℃加熱10分鐘,將加熱後之保護膜之光澤值(G2)以與加熱前的光澤值(G1)之測定相同條件進行測定。 More specifically, the protective film is formed by energy line curing of the protective film forming film in the first laminated film, thereby fabricating the protective film and a second laminated film formed by stacking the wafer in the thickness direction of these layers. The gloss value (G1) of the protective film is measured using a gloss meter at an incident angle of 60° from the protective film side of the second laminated film. Then, the second laminated film is heated to 260°C for 10 minutes, and the gloss value (G2) of the heated protective film is measured under the same conditions as the gloss value (G1) before heating. Furthermore, the protective film is formed by energy line curing of the protective film in the first laminated composite, thereby creating a second laminated composite consisting of the support sheet, the protective film, and the wafer sequentially laminated along the thickness direction of these layers. The support sheet is peeled off from the second laminated composite to create a test piece. Using a gloss meter, the gloss value (G1) of the protective film is measured at an incident angle of 60° from the protective film side. The test piece is then heated to 260°C for 10 minutes, and the gloss value (G2) of the heated protective film is measured under the same conditions as the measurement of the gloss value (G1) before heating.
可藉由下式(5)來求出以260℃加熱處理10分鐘之後之保護膜之光澤值的降低率(%)。 光澤值的降低率(%)=(G1-G2)/G1×100・・・(5) The reduction rate (%) of the gloss value of the protective film after heat treatment at 260℃ for 10 minutes can be calculated using the following formula (5): Reduction rate (%) of gloss value = (G1 - G2) / G1 × 100...(5)
前述保護膜形成膜較佳係滿足如下所示之儲存彈性模數E’的條件。 亦即,將作為多片的保護膜形成膜的積層物之厚度200μm的保護膜形成膜的試驗片(本說明書之中有時簡稱為「保護膜形成膜試驗片」),相距20mm之間隔保持在2部位,在前述2部位間以頻率11Hz的拉伸模式、昇溫速度3℃/min之測定條件下,在從-10℃至140℃為止之溫度範圍,測定前述保護膜形成膜試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’時,前述保護膜形成膜試驗片的70℃之儲存彈性模數E’ 70較佳為30MPa以下,更佳為10MPa以下,例如亦可為5MPa以下。藉由前述儲存彈性模數E’ 70為前述上限值以下,可對於貼附對象物(晶圓)更容易貼附保護膜形成膜。 前述儲存彈性模數E’ 70的下限值並無特別限定。例如儲存彈性模數E’ 70為0.5MPa以上之保護膜形成膜可更容易地製造,形成具更良好的特性的保護膜。 The aforementioned protective film forming film preferably satisfies the storage elastic modulus E' as shown below. That is, a test piece of a protective film forming film with a thickness of 200 μm (sometimes referred to as "protective film forming film test piece" in this specification) which is a multi-layered stack of protective film forming films is held at two locations with a spacing of 20 mm. Under the test conditions of stretching at a frequency of 11 Hz and a heating rate of 3 °C/min, the storage elastic modulus E' of the aforementioned protective film forming film test piece is measured in a temperature range from -10 °C to 140 °C. The storage elastic modulus E' 70 of the aforementioned protective film forming film test piece at 70 °C is preferably 30 MPa or less, more preferably 10 MPa or less, and for example, it can also be 5 MPa or less. By ensuring that the storage elastic modulus E' 70 is below the aforementioned upper limit, it is easier to attach the protective film to the substrate (wafer). There is no particular limitation on the lower limit of the aforementioned storage elastic modulus E' 70. For example, protective film forming films with a storage elastic modulus E' 70 of 0.5 MPa or higher can be more easily manufactured, resulting in protective films with better properties.
本說明書之中,不限於前述試驗片之情形,只要無特別說明,「厚度」意指在對象物中隨機選出之5部位所測定之厚度的平均值,可依據JISK7130,使用恆壓厚度測定器來取得。In this manual, not limited to the aforementioned test piece, unless otherwise specified, "thickness" refers to the average thickness measured at 5 randomly selected locations on the object, which can be obtained using a constant pressure thickness gauge according to JISK7130.
前述保護膜形成膜試驗片在前述拉伸模式之拉伸方向之長度,只要不損及儲存彈性模數E’之測定精度,並無特別限定,但較佳為30mm以上。 測定前述保護膜形成膜試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’時,較佳係使前述試驗片進行等速昇溫。 測定前述保護膜形成膜試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’時,較佳係Amplitude(振幅)為5μm。 The length of the aforementioned protective film-forming test piece in the stretching direction of the aforementioned stretching mode is not particularly limited, as long as it does not impair the accuracy of the measurement of the storage elastic modulus E’, but it is preferably 30 mm or more. When measuring the storage elastic modulus E’ of the aforementioned protective film-forming test piece, it is preferable to subject the test piece to constant-rate heating. When measuring the storage elastic modulus E’ of the aforementioned protective film-forming test piece, it is preferable that the amplitude is 5 μm.
前述保護膜形成膜的能量線硬化物之保護膜,較佳係滿足如下所示之儲存彈性模數E’的條件。 亦即,作為多片的保護膜形成膜的積層物,對於厚度為50μm之積層物,從兩面側分別以照度200mW/cm 2、光量300mJ/cm 2的條件,分別照射2次波長365nm的紫外線,藉此使保護膜形成膜硬化,作成保護膜的試驗片(本說明書之中有時簡稱為「保護膜試驗片」),將前述保護膜試驗片相距20mm之間隔保持在2部位,在前述2部位間以頻率11Hz的拉伸模式、昇溫速度3℃/min之測定條件,在從0℃至300℃為止的溫度範圍,測定前述保護膜試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’時,前述保護膜試驗片的130℃之儲存彈性模數E’ 130較佳為5MPa以上,更佳為8MPa以上,又更佳為10MPa以上。藉由前述儲存彈性模數E’ 130為前述下限值以上,保護膜對於貼附對象物(晶圓)的保護功效更提高。 前述儲存彈性模數E’ 130之上限值並無特別限定。例如儲存彈性模數E’ 130為3000MPa以下之保護膜可更容易地製造,具更良好的特性。 The aforementioned protective film forming the energy line hardened protective film preferably satisfies the following condition regarding the storage elastic modulus E'. That is, as a multi-layered protective film stack, for a stack with a thickness of 50 μm, illuminance of 200 mW/ cm² and light intensity of 300 mJ/cm² are applied from both sides. Under conditions 2 , the protective film is irradiated twice with ultraviolet light of wavelength 365nm to form a film hardening, thus creating a protective film test piece (sometimes referred to as "protective film test piece" in this specification). The aforementioned protective film test piece is held at a distance of 20mm between two locations. Under the measurement conditions of stretching mode at a frequency of 11Hz and heating rate of 3℃/min between the two locations, the storage elastic modulus E' of the aforementioned protective film test piece is measured in a temperature range from 0℃ to 300℃. The storage elastic modulus E' of the aforementioned protective film test piece at 130 ℃ is preferably 5MPa or more, more preferably 8MPa or more, and even more preferably 10MPa or more. By ensuring that the storage elastic modulus E' 130 is above the aforementioned lower limit, the protective film's protective effect on the adhered object (wafer) is further enhanced. There is no particular limitation on the upper limit of the aforementioned storage elastic modulus E' 130. For example, protective films with a storage elastic modulus E' 130 below 3000 MPa are easier to manufacture and possess better properties.
前述保護膜試驗片在前述拉伸模式之拉伸方向之長度,只要不損及儲存彈性模數E’之測定精度,並無特別限定,但較佳為30mm以上。 測定前述保護膜試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’時,較佳係使前述試驗片進行等速昇溫。 測定前述保護膜試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’時,較佳係Amplitude(振幅)為5μm。 The length of the aforementioned protective film test piece in the stretching direction of the aforementioned stretching mode is not particularly limited, as long as it does not impair the measurement accuracy of the stored elastic modulus E’, but is preferably 30 mm or more. When measuring the stored elastic modulus E’ of the aforementioned protective film test piece, it is preferable to subject the test piece to constant-rate heating. When measuring the stored elastic modulus E’ of the aforementioned protective film test piece, it is preferable that the amplitude is 5 μm.
保護膜形成膜試驗片以及保護膜試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’(換言之即保護膜形成膜以及保護膜的儲存彈性模數E’),例如保護膜形成膜試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’可藉由如下方式來減低:增加保護膜形成膜中作為後述之能量線硬化性成分(a)等聚合物成分的低分子量聚合物成分的含量。另外,增加保護膜形成膜中後述之無機充填材料(d)的含量,亦可減低保護膜形成膜試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’。 另一方面,保護膜試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’,可藉由增加保護膜形成膜中後述之能量線硬化性成分(a)的含量來增大。另外,可減少保護膜形成膜中後述之無機充填材料(d)的含量,來增大保護膜試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’。 The storage elastic modulus E' of the protective film forming test piece and the protective film test piece (in other words, the storage elastic modulus E' of the protective film forming membrane and the protective film) can be reduced, for example, by increasing the content of low molecular weight polymer components, such as the energy line hardening component (a) described later, in the protective film forming membrane. Additionally, increasing the content of the inorganic filler material (d) described later in the protective film forming membrane can also reduce the storage elastic modulus E' of the protective film forming membrane test piece. On the other hand, the storage elastic modulus E' of the protective film test piece can be increased by increasing the content of the energy line hardening component (a) described later in the protective film forming membrane. Additionally, reducing the content of the inorganic filler material (d) described later in the protective film formation process can increase the storage elastic modulus E' of the protective film test piece.
保護膜形成膜均可由1層(單層)所構成,亦可由2層以上之多層所構成。於保護膜形成膜由多層所構成之情形時,這些多層相互可相同亦可不同,這些多層的組合並無特別限定。The protective film can be composed of a single layer or multiple layers, either two or more. When the protective film is composed of multiple layers, these layers can be the same or different from each other, and there is no particular limitation on the combination of these layers.
本說明書中,並不限於保護膜形成膜之情形,所謂「多層相互可相同亦可不同」,意指「可全部層相同,亦可全部層皆不同,還可僅一部分層相同」,進而,所謂「多層相互不同」,意指「各層的構成材料及厚度的至少一者相互不同」。This instruction manual is not limited to the formation of a protective film. The phrase "multiple layers may be the same or different" means that "all layers may be the same, all layers may be different, or only some layers may be the same." Furthermore, the phrase "multiple layers are different" means that "at least one of the constituent materials and thicknesses of each layer is different."
保護膜形成膜的厚度較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為3μm至80μm,尤佳為5μm至60μm。藉由保護膜形成膜的厚度為前述下限值以上,可形成保護能力更高的保護膜。藉由保護膜形成膜的厚度為前述上限值以下,可避免具保護膜之晶片的厚度過剩。 此處,所謂「保護膜形成膜的厚度」,意指保護膜形成膜整體的厚度,例如所謂由多層所構成之保護膜形成膜的厚度,意指構成保護膜形成膜之全部層的合計的厚度。 The thickness of the protective film is preferably from 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably from 3 μm to 80 μm, and even more preferably from 5 μm to 60 μm. By ensuring the thickness of the protective film is above the aforementioned lower limit, a protective film with higher protective capabilities can be formed. By ensuring the thickness of the protective film is below the aforementioned upper limit, excessive thickness of the wafer with the protective film can be avoided. Here, "thickness of the protective film" refers to the overall thickness of the protective film, such as the thickness of a multi-layered protective film, meaning the total thickness of all layers constituting the protective film.
[保護膜形成用組成物] 保護膜形成膜可使用含有保護膜形成膜之構成材料之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(本說明書之中有時簡稱為「保護膜形成用組成物」)來形成。例如保護膜形成膜可藉由於形成對象面塗敷前述保護膜形成用組成物,並視需要進行乾燥而形成。保護膜形成用組成物中在常溫下不會氣化之成分彼此的含量之比率通常與保護膜形成膜中之前述成分彼此的含量之比率相同。本說明書中,所謂「常溫」,意指不特別冷或特別熱的溫度,亦即平常的溫度,例如可列舉18℃至28℃之溫度等。 [Composition for Protective Film Formation] A protective film can be formed using an energy line curing protective film forming composition (sometimes referred to as "protective film forming composition" in this specification) containing a material constituting a protective film forming film. For example, a protective film forming film can be formed by applying the aforementioned protective film forming composition to a surface to which it is to be formed and drying it as needed. The ratio of the components in the protective film forming composition that do not vaporize at room temperature is generally the same as the ratio of the aforementioned components in the protective film forming film. In this specification, "room temperature" refers to a temperature that is neither particularly cold nor particularly hot, i.e., a normal temperature, such as temperatures from 18°C to 28°C.
保護膜形成膜之中,保護膜形成膜中1種或是2種以上的後述之含有成分的合計含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率不超過100質量%。 同樣地,保護膜形成用組成物之中,保護膜形成用組成物中1種或是2種以上的後述之含有成分的合計含量相對於保護膜形成用組成物的總質量之比率不超過100質量%。 In the protective film forming film, the total content of one or more of the components described below (described later) in the protective film forming film does not exceed 100% by mass relative to the total mass of the protective film forming film. Similarly, in the protective film forming composition, the total content of one or more of the components described below (described later) in the protective film forming composition does not exceed 100% by mass relative to the total mass of the protective film forming composition.
利用公知的方法塗敷保護膜形成用組成物即可,例如可列舉使用以下各種塗佈機之方法:氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模具塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、網版塗佈機、Meyer棒式塗佈機、輕觸式塗佈機等。The protective film can be applied using known methods, such as the following coating machines: air knife coating machine, scraper coating machine, rod coating machine, gravure coating machine, roller coating machine, roller knife coating machine, curtain coating machine, mold coating machine, knife coating machine, screen coating machine, Meyer rod coating machine, touch coating machine, etc.
保護膜形成用組成物的乾燥條件並無特別限定。但是,保護膜形成用組成物含有後述之溶媒之情形時,較佳係進行加熱乾燥。並且,含有溶媒之保護膜形成用組成物例如較佳為於70℃至130℃且10秒至5分鐘的條件下進行加熱乾燥。但是,具有熱硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物較佳為以該組成物本身、及由該組成物所形成之熱硬化性保護膜形成膜不會熱硬化之方式來進行加熱乾燥。There are no particular limitations on the drying conditions of the protective film forming composition. However, when the protective film forming composition contains the solvent described later, it is preferable to perform heat drying. Furthermore, the protective film forming composition containing the solvent is preferably heat dried at 70°C to 130°C for 10 seconds to 5 minutes. However, the heat-curable protective film forming composition is preferably heat-dried in a manner that neither the composition itself nor the heat-curable protective film formed by the composition will heat-cur.
[能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(IV)] 作為較佳之保護膜形成用組成物,例如可列舉含有前述能量線硬化性成分(a)、前述不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)、及前述無機充填材料(d)之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(IV)(本說明書之中有時簡稱為「組成物(IV)」)等。 [Composition for Forming a Line-Curing Protective Film (IV)] Preferred compositions for forming a protective film include, for example, a composition (IV) for forming a line-curing protective film containing the aforementioned line-curing component (a), the aforementioned acrylic resin without line-curing groups (b), and the aforementioned inorganic filler material (d) (sometimes referred to as "Composition (IV)" in this specification).
[能量線硬化性成分(a)] 能量線硬化性成分(a)係藉由照射能量線而硬化之成分,賦予保護膜形成膜造膜性或可撓性等,且亦為用以在硬化後形成硬質的保護膜之成分。保護膜形成膜藉由含有能量線硬化性成分(a),而可形成具有良好的特性的保護膜。 保護膜形成膜之中,能量線硬化性成分(a)較佳係未硬化,更佳為具有黏著性,更佳為未硬化且具有黏著性。 [Energy-Curable Component (a)] Energy-curable component (a) is a component that is cured by irradiation with energy rays. It imparts membrane-forming properties or flexibility to the protective film and is also used to form a hard protective film after curing. The protective film forming membrane, by containing energy-curable component (a), can form a protective film with excellent properties. In the protective film forming membrane, energy-curable component (a) is preferably uncured, more preferably adhesive, and even more preferably uncured and adhesive.
作為能量線硬化性成分(a),例如可列舉:具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)、及具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)。前述聚合物(a1)可至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯,亦可不進行交聯。Examples of energy line hardening components (a) include polymers (a1) having energy line hardening groups and a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000, and compounds (a2) having energy line hardening groups and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000. The aforementioned polymer (a1) may be at least partially crosslinked using a crosslinking agent, or it may not be crosslinked.
[具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)] 作為具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1),例如可列舉丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1),該丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)係使丙烯酸聚合物(a11)與能量線硬化性化合物(a12)進行反應而成,該丙烯酸聚合物(a11)具有可與其他化合物所具有之基反應之官能基,該能量線硬化性化合物(a12)具有與前述官能基反應之基及能量線硬化性雙鍵等能量線硬化性基。 [Polymers (a1) having energy-line hardening groups and a weight-average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000] An example of a polymer (a1) having energy-line hardening groups and a weight-average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 is acrylic resin (a1-1), which is formed by reacting an acrylic polymer (a11) with an energy-line hardening compound (a12). The acrylic polymer (a11) has functional groups that can react with groups found in other compounds, and the energy-line hardening compound (a12) has energy-line hardening groups such as groups that react with the aforementioned functional groups and energy-line hardening double bonds.
作為可與其他化合物所具有之基反應之前述官能基,例如可列舉:羥基、羧基、胺基、取代胺基(具有胺基的1個或2個氫原子由氫原子以外的基取代而成之結構之基)、環氧基等。但是,就防止晶圓或晶片等的電路腐蝕之方面而言,前述官能基較佳為羧基以外的基。 這些之中,前述官能基較佳為羥基。 The aforementioned functional groups that can react with groups found in other compounds include, for example, hydroxyl, carboxyl, amino, substituted amino groups (groups with a structure in which one or two hydrogen atoms of an amino group are replaced by groups other than hydrogen atoms), epoxy groups, etc. However, for the purpose of preventing circuit corrosion of wafers or chips, the aforementioned functional groups are preferably groups other than carboxyl. Of these, the aforementioned functional group is preferably hydroxyl.
・具有官能基之丙烯酸聚合物(a11) 作為前述具有官能基之丙烯酸聚合物(a11),例如可列舉:使前述具有官能基之丙烯酸單體與前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸單體進行共聚而成之共聚物,亦可為除了具有這些單體以外,進而使丙烯酸單體以外的單體(非丙烯酸單體)進行共聚而成之共聚物。 另外,前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)可為無規共聚物,亦可為嵌段共聚物,關於聚合方法亦可採用公知的方法。 • Functionalized Acrylic Polymer (a11) The aforementioned functionalized acrylic polymer (a11) can be exemplified by copolymers formed by copolymerizing the aforementioned functionalized acrylic monomer with the aforementioned non-functionalized acrylic monomer, or copolymers formed by copolymerizing monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers). Furthermore, the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) can be a random copolymer or a block copolymer, and known methods can be used for polymerization.
作為前述具有官能基之丙烯酸單體,例如可列舉含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含取代胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。Examples of acrylic monomers with functional groups include monomers containing hydroxyl groups, monomers containing carboxyl groups, monomers containing amino groups, monomers containing substituted amino groups, and monomers containing epoxy groups.
作為前述含羥基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯;乙烯醇、烯丙醇等非(甲基)丙烯酸不飽和醇(不具有(甲基)丙烯醯基骨架之不飽和醇)等。Examples of hydroxyl-containing monomers mentioned above include: hydroxymethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, and other hydroxyalkyl methacrylates; and non-(meth)acrylic acid unsaturated alcohols (unsaturated alcohols without a (meth)acrylic acid backbone) such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol.
作為前述含羧基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸等乙烯性不飽和單羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之單羧酸);富馬酸、伊康酸、馬來酸、檸康酸等乙烯性不飽和二羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之二羧酸);前述乙烯性不飽和二羧酸的酐;甲基丙烯酸2-羧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羧基烷基酯等。Examples of the aforementioned carboxyl-containing monomers include: (meth)acrylic acid, butenoic acid, and other ethylene-unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids with ethylene-unsaturated bonds); fumaric acid, icosinic acid, maleic acid, carboxyconic acid, and other ethylene-unsaturated dicarboxylic acids (dicarboxylic acids with ethylene-unsaturated bonds); anhydrides of the aforementioned ethylene-unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; and (meth)acrylic acid carboxyl alkyl esters such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate.
前述具有官能基之丙烯酸單體較佳為含羥基之單體。The aforementioned acrylic monomers with functional groups are preferably monomers containing hydroxyl groups.
構成前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)之前述具有官能基之丙烯酸單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些丙烯酸單體的組合及比率可任意選擇。The acrylic monomers with functional groups that constitute the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these acrylic monomers can be arbitrarily selected.
作為前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。Examples of acrylic monomers that do not possess functional groups include: methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n-propyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, dibutyl methacrylate, terbutyl methacrylate, pentyl methacrylate, hexyl methacrylate, heptyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, isooctyl methacrylate, n-octyl methacrylate, n-nonyl methacrylate, and isononyl methacrylate. Alkyl esters, such as decyl methacrylate, undecyl methacrylate, dodecyl methacrylate (laurate methacrylate), tridecyl methacrylate, tetradecyl methacrylate (myristyl methacrylate), pentadecyl methacrylate, hexadecyl methacrylate (palmitoyl methacrylate), heptadecanyl methacrylate, and octadecyl methacrylate (stearyl methacrylate), are alkyl esters in which the alkyl group has a chain structure with 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
另外,作為前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基乙酯等含烷氧基烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;包含(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯等之具有芳香族基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;非交聯性的(甲基)丙烯醯胺以及其衍生物;(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基丙酯等具有非交聯性三級胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。In addition, examples of acrylic monomers that do not have functional groups include: methoxymethyl methacrylate, methoxyethyl methacrylate, ethoxymethyl methacrylate, ethoxyethyl methacrylate, and other alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates; aromatic (meth)acrylates including aryl (meth)acrylates such as phenyl (meth)acrylate; non-crosslinked (meth)acrylamide and its derivatives; and non-crosslinked tertiary amino (meth)acrylates such as N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and N,N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate.
構成前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)之前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些丙烯酸單體的組合及比率可任意選擇。The acrylic monomers that do not have functional groups that constitute the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these acrylic monomers can be arbitrarily selected.
作為前述非丙烯酸單體,例如可列舉:乙烯、降冰片烯等烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 構成前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)之前述非丙烯酸單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些非丙烯酸單體的組合及比率可任意選擇。 Examples of the aforementioned non-acrylic monomers include, for example, olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; and styrene. The aforementioned non-acrylic monomers constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type or may be two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of these non-acrylic monomers can be arbitrarily chosen.
前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)中,由前述具有官能基之丙烯酸單體衍生之構成單元的量相對於構成該丙烯酸聚合物(a11)之構成單元的總量之比例(含量)較佳為0.1質量%至50質量%,更佳為1質量%至40質量%,尤佳為3質量%至30質量%。藉由前述比例為此種範圍,能夠將由前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)與前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之共聚所獲得之前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)中之能量線硬化性基的含量調節為使保護膜的硬化程度較佳之範圍。In the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11), the proportion (content) of the constituent unit derived from the aforementioned functional acrylic monomer relative to the total amount of constituent units constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) is preferably 0.1% to 50% by mass, more preferably 1% to 40% by mass, and even more preferably 3% to 30% by mass. By using the aforementioned proportion within this range, the content of the energy-curing groups in the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerizing the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) and the aforementioned energy-curing compound (a12) can be adjusted to a range that results in a better degree of curing of the protective film.
構成前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)之前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these acrylic polymers (a11) can be arbitrarily selected.
保護膜形成膜中丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)的含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率較佳為1質量%至70質量%,更佳為5質量%至60質量%,尤佳為10質量%至50質量%。The ratio of acrylic resin (a1-1) content in the protective film to the total mass of the protective film is preferably 1% to 70% by mass, more preferably 5% to 60% by mass, and even more preferably 10% to 50% by mass.
・能量線硬化性化合物(a12) 前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為具有選自由異氰酸酯基、環氧基及羧基所組成之群組中的1種或2種以上作為可與前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)所具有之官能基反應之基,更佳為具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基。於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)例如具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基之情形時,該異氰酸酯基與具有羥基作為前述官能基之丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的該羥基容易反應。 • Energy Line Curing Compound (a12) The aforementioned energy line curing compound (a12) preferably has one or more groups selected from the group consisting of isocyanate groups, epoxy groups, and carboxyl groups as functional groups that can react with the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11), and more preferably has an isocyanate group as such a group. When the aforementioned energy line curing compound (a12) has, for example, an isocyanate group as such a group, the isocyanate group readily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as such a functional group.
前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)在該1分子中所具有之前述能量線硬化性基的數量並無特別限定,例如可考慮作為目的之保護膜所要求之収縮率等物性來適宜選擇。 例如前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳係於1分子中具有1個至5個前述能量線硬化性基,更佳為具有1個至3個。 The number of the aforementioned energy-line hardening groups in one molecule of the energy-line hardening compound (a12) is not particularly limited; for example, it can be appropriately selected considering physical properties such as the shrinkage rate required for the intended protective film. For example, it is preferable that one to five of the aforementioned energy-line hardening groups are present in one molecule of the aforementioned energy-line hardening compound (a12), more preferably one to three.
作為前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12),例如可列舉:異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯、間-異丙烯基-α,α-二甲基苄基異氰酸酯、甲基丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、異氰酸烯丙酯、異氰酸1,1-(雙丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙酯;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物、多元醇化合物以及(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物等。 這些之中,前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯。 Examples of the aforementioned energy line hardening compounds (a12) include: 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate, m-isopropenyl-α,α-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, methacryloxyisocyanate, allyl isocyanate, and 1,1-(bisacryloxymethyl)ethyl isocyanate; acrylonitrile monoisocyanate compounds obtained by reacting diisocyanate compounds or polyisocyanate compounds with hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate; and acrylonitrile monoisocyanate compounds obtained by reacting diisocyanate compounds or polyisocyanate compounds, polyol compounds, and hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate. Of these, the aforementioned energy line hardening compound (a12) is preferably 2-methylacryloxyethyl isocyanate.
構成前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)之前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些能量線硬化性化合物(a12)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The energy-curing compound (a12) that constitutes the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these energy-curing compounds (a12) may be arbitrarily selected.
前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)中,源自前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之能量線硬化性基的含量相對於源自前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)之前述官能基的含量之比例較佳為20莫耳%至120莫耳%,更佳為35莫耳%至100莫耳%,尤佳為50莫耳%至100莫耳%。藉由前述含量之比例為此種範圍,保護膜形成膜之硬化物的接著力變得更大。此外,於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為一官能(於1分子中具有1個前述基)化合物之情形時,前述含量之比例的上限值成為100莫耳%,但於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為多官能(於1分子中具有2個以上之前述基)化合物之情形時,前述含量之比例的上限值有時超過100莫耳%。In the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1), the content of the energy-curing group derived from the aforementioned energy-curing compound (a12) relative to the content of the aforementioned functional groups derived from the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) is preferably 20 mol% to 120 mol%, more preferably 35 mol% to 100 mol%, and even more preferably 50 mol% to 100 mol%. With the aforementioned content within this range, the adhesion of the cured protective film becomes greater. Furthermore, when the aforementioned energy-curing compound (a12) is a single-functional compound (having one of the aforementioned groups in one molecule), the upper limit of the aforementioned content ratio is 100 mol%, but when the aforementioned energy-curing compound (a12) is a multifunctional compound (having two or more of the aforementioned groups in one molecule), the upper limit of the aforementioned content ratio sometimes exceeds 100 mol.
前述聚合物(a1)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為100000至2000000,更佳為300000至1500000。 此處,所謂「重量平均分子量」,係如前文所說明。 The aforementioned polymer (a1) preferably has a weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of 100,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably 300,000 to 1,500,000. Here, "weight-average molecular weight" refers to the term as explained above.
組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜所含有之前述聚合物(a1)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些聚合物(a1)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The aforementioned polymer (a1) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these polymers (a1) can be arbitrarily selected.
[具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)] 作為具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)中的前述能量線硬化性基,可列舉包含能量線硬化性雙鍵之基,作為較佳的該基,可列舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等。 [Compounds having an energy-line hardening group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 (a2)] The aforementioned energy-line hardening group in compounds (a2) having an energy-line hardening group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 can include groups containing energy-line hardening double bonds. Preferred examples of such groups include (meth)acrylic acid and vinyl groups.
前述化合物(a2)只要滿足上述條件,則並無特別限定,可列舉:具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物、具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之酚樹脂等。The aforementioned compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it meets the above conditions. Examples include: low molecular weight compounds with energy line hardening groups, epoxy resins with energy line hardening groups, and phenolic resins with energy line hardening groups.
前述化合物(a2)中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物,例如可列舉多官能之單體或低聚物等,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。Among the aforementioned compound (a2), the low molecular weight compound having an energy line hardening group can be, for example, a multifunctional monomer or oligomer, and preferably an acrylate compound having a (meth)acrylic group.
作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可列舉多官能之單體或是低聚物等,較佳為在1分子中具有2個或是3個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之多官能丙烯酸酯系化合物。 作為前述多官能丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可列舉:甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙氧基化乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9-雙[4-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]茀、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚丙氧基)苯基]丙烷、三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(別名:三環癸烷二羥甲基二(甲基)丙烯酸酯)、1,10-癸二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚四亞甲基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥基-1,3-二(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙烷等2官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯(在1分子中具有2個的(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯);異氰脲酸三(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、ε-己內酯改質異氰脲酸三-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、乙氧基化甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二-三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯(在1分子中具有3個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯);多官能(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯低聚物(在1分子中具有2個或是3個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯低聚物)等。 As for the aforementioned acrylate compounds, examples include multifunctional monomers or oligomers, but preferably multifunctional acrylate compounds having two or three or more (meth)acrylic groups in one molecule. Examples of the aforementioned multifunctional acrylate compounds include: 2-hydroxy-3-(meth)acryloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propoxylated ethoxylated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxypolyethoxy)phenyl]propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxydiethoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis[4-(2-(meth)acryloxyethoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxypoly)propane]propane, and 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxypoly]propane]propane. [Oxyphenyl]propane, tricyclodecanediethanol di(meth)acrylate (also known as tricyclodecanedihydroxymethyldi(meth)acrylate), 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[ 4-((meth)acryloxyethoxy)phenyl]propane, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-1,3-di(meth)acryloxypropane and other difunctional (meth)acrylates (meth)acrylates having two (meth)acrylyl groups in one molecule); tris(2-(meth)acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ε-caprolactone-modified tris(2-(meth)acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ethoxylated glycerol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylpropane Tri(meth)acrylate, di-trimethylpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol poly(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, and other polyfunctional (meth)acrylates (meth)acrylates having three or more (meth)acrylic groups in one molecule); polyfunctional (meth)acrylate oligomers such as polyfunctional (meth)acrylate aminocarbamate oligomers (meth)acrylate oligomers having two or three or more (meth)acrylic groups in one molecule), etc.
前述化合物(a2)中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之酚樹脂,例如可使用「日本特開2013-194102號公報」之段落0043等中所記載之樹脂。此種樹脂亦相當於構成後述之熱硬化性成分之樹脂,但組成物(IV)中視作前述化合物(a2)。In the aforementioned compound (a2), the epoxy resin having an energy-curing group or the phenolic resin having an energy-curing group may be, for example, the resin described in paragraph 0043 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-194102. Such a resin is also equivalent to the resin constituting the thermosetting component described later, but is regarded as the aforementioned compound (a2) in composition (IV).
前述化合物(a2)的重量平均分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。The weight-average molecular weight of the aforementioned compound (a2) is preferably from 100 to 30,000, and more preferably from 300 to 10,000.
組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜所含有之前述化合物(a2)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些化合物(a2)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The composition (IV) and the protective film forming film may contain only one or more of the aforementioned compounds (a2). In the case of two or more compounds, the combination and ratio of these compounds (a2) can be arbitrarily selected.
作為保護膜形成膜中能量線硬化性成分(a),較佳係含有前述化合物(a2),更佳係含有在1分子中具有2個或是3個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之多官能丙烯酸酯系化合物,又更佳係含有多官能(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物。含有這種能量線硬化性成分(a)之保護膜形成膜藉由能量線照射而得之硬化物(保護膜),具有良好的保護能力,且亦具有柔軟性,具有特別優異之特性。As the energy-curing component (a) in the protective film forming film, it preferably contains the aforementioned compound (a2), more preferably a polyfunctional acrylate compound having two or three or more (meth)acrylic groups in one molecule, and even more preferably a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate aminocarboxylate oligomer. The protective film forming film containing this energy-curing component (a), when cured by energy-ray irradiation, has good protective ability and flexibility, exhibiting particularly excellent properties.
組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜含有能量線硬化性成分(a)之情形時,組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜之中能量線硬化性成分(a)的含量相對於丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量100質量份較佳為100質量份至310質量份,更佳為130質量份至280質量份,例如亦可為130質量份至200質量份,亦可為210質量份至280質量份。When the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film contain an energy line hardening component (a), the content of the energy line hardening component (a) in the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film relative to the content of the acrylic resin (b) is preferably 100 parts by weight to 310 parts by weight, more preferably 130 parts by weight to 280 parts by weight, for example, it can also be 130 parts by weight to 200 parts by weight, or 210 parts by weight to 280 parts by weight.
組成物(IV)之中,能量線硬化性成分(a)相對於溶媒以外的所有成分的總含量之含有比率(亦即保護膜形成膜中能量線硬化性成分(a)含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率)較佳為12質量%至31質量%,更佳為14質量%至28質量%,又更佳為16質量%至25質量%。藉由前述能量線硬化性成分(a)的含有比率(亦即前述能量線硬化性成分(a)含量之比率)為前述下限值以上,前述保護膜形成膜的能量線硬化性變得更良好,將前述保護膜形成膜藉由能量線使之硬化而形成之保護膜之中,因回流步驟所致滲出更得到抑制。藉由前述能量線硬化性成分(a)的含有比率(亦即前述能量線硬化性成分(a)含量之比率)為前述上限值以下,容易製備期望的保護膜形成膜。In composition (IV), the content ratio of the energy-curing component (a) relative to the total content of all components other than the solvent (i.e., the ratio of the content of the energy-curing component (a) in the protective film to the total mass of the protective film) is preferably 12% to 31% by mass, more preferably 14% to 28% by mass, and even more preferably 16% to 25% by mass. By having the aforementioned content ratio of the energy-curing component (a) (i.e., the ratio of the aforementioned energy-curing component (a)) at or above the aforementioned lower limit value, the energy-curing property of the aforementioned protective film becomes better, and the seepage caused by the reflux step in the protective film formed by curing the aforementioned protective film by energy lines is further suppressed. By ensuring that the content ratio of the aforementioned energy line hardening component (a) is below the aforementioned upper limit, the desired protective film can be easily prepared.
[不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)] 前述保護膜形成膜較佳係含有不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)(本說明書之中有時簡稱為「丙烯酸樹脂(b)」)。 [Acrylic resin (b) without energy-line hardening groups] The aforementioned protective film forming film preferably contains acrylic resin (b) without energy-line hardening groups (sometimes referred to as "acrylic resin (b)" in this specification).
前述丙烯酸樹脂(b)係賦予保護膜形成膜造膜性之成分。The aforementioned acrylic resin (b) is a component that imparts membrane-forming properties to the protective film.
前述丙烯酸樹脂(b)可為公知的聚合物,例如可為1種丙烯酸單體之均聚物,亦可為2種以上之丙烯酸單體之共聚物,還可為1種或2種以上之丙烯酸單體與1種或2種以上之丙烯酸單體以外的單體(非丙烯酸單體)之共聚物。The aforementioned acrylic resin (b) can be a known polymer, such as a homopolymer of one acrylic monomer, a copolymer of two or more acrylic monomers, or a copolymer of one or more acrylic monomers with one or more monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers).
丙烯酸樹脂(b)可至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯,亦可不進行交聯。Acrylic resin (b) may be crosslinked at least partially by a crosslinking agent, or it may not be crosslinked.
作為構成丙烯酸樹脂(b)之前述丙烯酸單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、不具有官能基而具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯醯胺;4-(甲基)丙烯醯嗎福林等(甲基)丙烯醯胺衍生物等。此處,所謂「取代胺基」,意指具有胺基的1個或是2個的氫原子被氫原子以外的基所取代之結構之基。此處,所謂「官能基」,意指可與縮水甘油基、羥基、取代胺基、羧基、胺基等其它基反應之基(反應性官能基)。Examples of acrylic monomers constituting acrylic resin (b) include: alkyl (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylates with a cyclic skeleton but no functional group, (meth)acrylates containing glycidyl groups, (meth)acrylates containing hydroxyl groups, (meth)acrylates containing substituted amino groups, (meth)acrylates containing carboxyl groups, and (meth)acrylates containing amino groups; (meth)acrylamide; and (meth)acrylamide derivatives such as 4-(meth)acrylamide-formin. Here, "substituted amino group" refers to a structural group in which one or two hydrogen atoms of an amino group are replaced by a group other than a hydrogen atom. Here, the term "functional group" refers to a group that can react with other groups such as glycerol, hydroxyl, substituted amino, carboxyl, and amino groups (reactive functional groups).
本說明書之中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」的概念包括「丙烯酸」以及「甲基丙烯酸」兩者。關於與(甲基)丙烯酸類似的用語亦相同,例如所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」的概念包括「丙烯酸酯」以及「甲基丙烯酸酯」兩者,所謂「(甲基)丙烯醯基」的概念包括「丙烯醯基」以及「甲基丙烯醯基」兩者。In this manual, the term "(meth)acrylic acid" includes both "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid". Similar terms are used interchangeably; for example, the term "(meth)acrylate" includes both "acrylate" and "methacrylate", and the term "(meth)acryl" includes both "acryl" and "methacryl".
本說明書之中,在某特定的化合物之中,假定有1個以上的氫原子被氫原子以外的基所取代之結構之情形時,這種具有經取代之結構之化合物稱為上述之特定的化合物的「衍生物」。 本說明書之中,所謂「基」,不僅指多個原子結合而成之原子團,亦包括1個的原子。 In this specification, when a specific compound has a structure in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by groups other than hydrogen atoms, such a compound with a substituted structure is called a "derivative" of the aforementioned specific compound. In this specification, the term "group" refers not only to an atomic group composed of multiple atoms, but also to a single atom.
作為不具有前述官能基及環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18的鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。Examples of alkyl methacrylates that do not possess the aforementioned functional groups and cyclic skeletons include: methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n-propyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, dibutyl methacrylate, tributyl methacrylate, pentyl methacrylate, hexyl methacrylate, heptyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, isooctyl methacrylate, n-octyl methacrylate, n-nonyl methacrylate, and propyl methacrylate. Alkyl esters, such as isononyl acrylate, decyl acrylate, undecyl acrylate, dodecyl acrylate (laurate), tridecyl acrylate, tetradecyl acrylate (myristyl acrylate), pentadecyl acrylate, hexadecyl acrylate (palmitoyl acrylate), heptadecanyl acrylate, and octadecyl acrylate (stearyl acrylate), are alkyl esters in which the alkyl group has a chain structure with 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
作為不具有前述官能基而具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯等。Examples of (meth)acrylates that are cyclic esters but lack the aforementioned functional groups include: isobornyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, and other cycloalkyl (meth)acrylates; benzyl (meth)acrylate, and other aralkyl (meth)acrylates; dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate, and other cycloalkyl (meth)acrylates; dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate, and other cycloalkyl (meth)acrylates.
作為前述含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。 作為前述含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:不具有前述官能基及環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、以及不具有前述官能基而具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯的任一者之中,具有1個或是2個以上的氫原子被羥基所取代之結構。作為較佳的前述含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等。 作為前述含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等。 Examples of the aforementioned (meth)acrylates containing glycidyl groups include glycidyl methacrylate. Examples of the aforementioned (meth)acrylates containing hydroxyl groups include alkyl (meth)acrylates lacking the aforementioned functional groups and cyclic skeletons, and (meth)acrylates lacking the aforementioned functional groups but possessing a cyclic skeleton, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by hydroxyl groups. Preferred examples of the aforementioned (meth)acrylates containing hydroxyl groups include hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate. Examples of the aforementioned (meth)acrylates containing substituted amino groups include N-methylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate.
作為構成丙烯酸樹脂(b)之前述非丙烯酸單體,例如可列舉乙烯、降冰片烯等烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。As constituents of acrylic resin (b), the aforementioned non-acrylic monomers include, for example, olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene, etc.
作為至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯之丙烯酸樹脂(b),例如可列舉丙烯酸樹脂(b)中的官能基與交聯劑進行反應而成之丙烯酸樹脂(b)。 前述官能基根據交聯劑的種類等而適宜選擇即可,並無特別限定。例如於交聯劑為多異氰酸酯化合物的情形時,作為前述官能基,可列舉羥基、羧基、胺基等,這些之中,較佳為與異氰酸酯基之反應性高的羥基。另外,交聯劑為環氧系化合物之情形時,作為前述官能基,可列舉如羧基、胺基等,這些之中,較佳為與環氧基之反應性高的羧基。但是,就防止晶圓或晶片的電路腐蝕之方面而言,較佳係前述官能基為羧基以外的基。 Acrylic resin (b) that is at least partially crosslinked using a crosslinking agent, for example, is an acrylic resin (b) formed by reacting functional groups of acrylic resin (b) with a crosslinking agent. The aforementioned functional groups can be appropriately selected according to the type of crosslinking agent, and there is no particular limitation. For example, when the crosslinking agent is a polyisocyanate compound, hydroxyl, carboxyl, and amino groups can be listed as the aforementioned functional groups, among which hydroxyl groups, which have high reactivity with isocyanate groups, are preferred. Furthermore, when the crosslinking agent is an epoxy compound, carboxyl and amino groups can be listed as the aforementioned functional groups, among which carboxyl groups, which have high reactivity with epoxy groups, are preferred. However, in terms of preventing circuit corrosion on wafers or chips, it is preferable that the aforementioned functional groups are groups other than carboxyl groups.
作為前述具有官能基之丙烯酸樹脂(b),例如可列舉至少使前述具有官能基之單體進行聚合所獲得之丙烯酸樹脂(b)。 作為前述具有官能基之丙烯酸樹脂(b),更具體而言,例如可列舉:選自由前述含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、前述含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、前述含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、前述含羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、前述含胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、以及在前述非丙烯酸單體中具有1個或是2個以上的氫原子被前述官能基所取代之結構之單體所組成之群組中的1種或是2種以上之單體進行聚合所獲得之丙烯酸樹脂(b)。 As an example of the aforementioned acrylic resin (b) having a functional group, an acrylic resin (b) obtained by polymerizing at least the aforementioned functionalized monomers can be listed. More specifically, an example of the aforementioned acrylic resin (b) having a functional group can be listed as an acrylic resin (b) obtained by polymerizing one or more monomers selected from the group consisting of the aforementioned (meth)acrylates containing glycidyl groups, the aforementioned (meth)acrylates containing hydroxyl groups, the aforementioned (meth)acrylates containing substituted amino groups, the aforementioned (meth)acrylates containing carboxyl groups, the aforementioned (meth)acrylates containing amino groups, and monomers having a structure in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the aforementioned non-acrylic monomers are replaced by the aforementioned functional groups.
前述丙烯酸樹脂(b)之中,由具有官能基之單體衍生之構成單元的量相對於構成該聚合物(b)之構成單元的總量之比例(含量)較佳為1質量%至20質量%,更佳為2質量%至10質量%。藉由前述比例為此種範圍,丙烯酸樹脂(b)之中,交聯程度成為更佳的範圍。In the aforementioned acrylic resin (b), the proportion (content) of the constituent units derived from functional monomers relative to the total amount of constituent units constituting the polymer (b) is preferably 1% to 20% by mass, more preferably 2% to 10% by mass. With the aforementioned proportion within this range, the degree of crosslinking in the acrylic resin (b) becomes even more desirable.
就因回流步驟所致滲出更得到抑制的方面而言,丙烯酸樹脂(b)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10000以上,更佳為20000以上,又更佳為40000以上。就組成物(IV)的造膜性更良好之方面而言,丙烯酸樹脂(b)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10000至2000000,更佳為100000至1500000。Regarding the further suppression of seepage due to the reflux step, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin (b) is preferably 10,000 or more, more preferably 20,000 or more, and even more preferably 40,000 or more. Regarding the improved film-forming properties of component (IV), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin (b) is preferably 10,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably 100,000 to 1,500,000.
本說明書之中,所謂「重量平均分子量」,只要無特別說明,則係指藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC;Gel Permeation Chromatography)法所測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。Unless otherwise specified, the "weight average molecular weight" in this manual refers to the polystyrene conversion value determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
組成物(IV)以及前述保護膜形成膜所含有之丙烯酸樹脂(b)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些聚合物(b)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The acrylic resin (b) contained in the composition (IV) and the aforementioned protective film forming film may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these polymers (b) may be arbitrarily selected.
組成物(IV)之中,丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量相對於溶媒以外的所有成分的總含量之比率(亦即保護膜形成膜中丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率)較佳為8質量%以上,更佳為10質量%以上,例如亦可為12質量%以上、以及14質量%以上中任一者。In composition (IV), the ratio of the content of acrylic resin (b) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (i.e., the ratio of the content of acrylic resin (b) in the protective film to the total mass of the protective film) is preferably 8% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and for example, it may also be any one of 12% by mass or more and 14% by mass or more.
組成物(IV)之中,丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量相對於溶媒以外的所有成分的總含量之比率(亦即保護膜形成膜中丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率)之上限值並無特別限定。保護膜就因回流步驟所致滲出得到抑制特性與其它以外的特性可均衡地發揮的方面而言,前述上限值亦可為27質量%以下,較佳為25質量%以下,更佳為23質量%以下,又更佳為21質量%以下。In composition (IV), there is no particular upper limit to the ratio of the content of acrylic resin (b) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (i.e., the ratio of the content of acrylic resin (b) in the protective film to the total mass of the protective film). Regarding the aspect where the protective film can achieve a balanced performance of its properties in inhibiting seepage caused by the reflux step and other properties, the aforementioned upper limit may also be 27% by mass or less, preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 23% by mass or less, and even more preferably 21% by mass or less.
組成物(IV)之中,丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量相對於溶媒以外的所有成分的總含量之比率(亦即保護膜形成膜中丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率)可設定在將上述之任一下限值與上限值任意組合之範圍內來適宜調節。 例如一實施形態之中,前述比率較佳為8質量%至27質量%,更佳為10質量%至25質量%,亦可為12質量%至23質量%,以及14質量%至21質量%中任一者。 In composition (IV), the ratio of the acrylic resin (b) content to the total content of all components other than the solvent (i.e., the ratio of the acrylic resin (b) content in the protective film to the total mass of the protective film) can be appropriately adjusted within any combination of the aforementioned lower and upper limits. For example, in one embodiment, the aforementioned ratio is preferably 8% to 27% by mass, more preferably 10% to 25% by mass, and can also be 12% to 23% by mass, and any one of 14% to 21% by mass.
組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜含有能量線硬化性成分(a)以及丙烯酸樹脂(b)之情形時,組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜之中,能量線硬化性成分(a)的含量相對於丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量100質量份,較佳為70質量份至310質量份,更佳為80質量份至280質量份,又更佳為85質量份至250質量份。When the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film contain energy line curing component (a) and acrylic resin (b), the content of energy line curing component (a) in the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film is 100 parts by weight, preferably 70 parts by weight to 310 parts by weight, more preferably 80 parts by weight to 280 parts by weight, and even more preferably 85 parts by weight to 250 parts by weight.
組成物(IV)之中,能量線硬化性成分(a)以及丙烯酸樹脂(b)的合計含量相對於溶媒以外的所有成分的總含量之比率(亦即保護膜形成膜中能量線硬化性成分(a)以及丙烯酸樹脂(b)的合計含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率)較佳為10質量%至60質量%,例如亦可為20質量%至50質量%、以及30質量%至45質量%中任一者。藉由前述比率為這種範圍,可更提高使用能量線硬化性成分(a)以及丙烯酸樹脂(b)所帶來之功效。In composition (IV), the ratio of the total content of the energy line curing component (a) and acrylic resin (b) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (i.e., the ratio of the total content of the energy line curing component (a) and acrylic resin (b) in the protective film to the total mass of the protective film) is preferably 10% to 60% by mass, for example, it can also be any one of 20% to 50% by mass and 30% to 45% by mass. By using the aforementioned ratio within this range, the effectiveness brought about by using the energy line curing component (a) and acrylic resin (b) can be further improved.
[其它成分] 在不損及本發明之功效之範圍內,組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜亦可含有不相當於能量線硬化性成分(a)、丙烯酸樹脂(b)中任一者之其它成分。 作為前述其它成分,例如可列舉:光聚合起始劑(c);無機充填材料(d);偶合劑(e);交聯劑(f);著色劑(g);熱硬化性成分(h);通用添加劑(z);不相當於丙烯酸樹脂(b)之不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b0)(本說明書之中,有時稱為「不具有能量線硬化性基之其它聚合物(b0)」或是「聚合物(b0)」)等。 [Other Components] Without impairing the effectiveness of the invention, the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film may also contain other components not equivalent to either the energy-curing component (a) or the acrylic resin (b). Examples of the aforementioned other components include: photopolymerization initiator (c); inorganic filler (d); coupling agent (e); crosslinking agent (f); colorant (g); thermosetting component (h); general additive (z); and polymers (b0) not equivalent to the acrylic resin (b) that do not have energy-curing groups (sometimes referred to in this specification as "other polymers (b0) without energy-curing groups" or "polymer (b0)").
(光聚合起始劑(c)) 組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜含有光聚合起始劑(c)之情形時,可有效率地進行能量線硬化性成分(a)的聚合(硬化)反應。 (Photopolymerization Initiator (c)) When both the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film contain the photopolymerization initiator (c), the polymerization (curing) reaction of the energy line hardening component (a) can proceed efficiently.
作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香苯甲酸、安息香苯甲酸甲酯、安息香二甲基縮酮等安息香化合物;苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮、2-羥基-1-(4-(4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基)苯基)-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、2-(二甲胺基)-1-(4-嗎福林苯基)-2-苄基-1-丁酮等苯乙酮化合物;雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦等醯基氧化膦化合物;苄基苯基硫醚、一硫化四甲基秋蘭姆等硫醚化合物;1-羥基環己基苯基酮等α-酮醇化合物;偶氮雙異丁腈等偶氮化合物;二茂鈦等二茂鈦化合物;噻噸酮等噻噸酮化合物;過氧化物化合物;二乙醯等二酮化合物;苯偶醯;二苯偶醯;二苯甲酮;2,4-二乙基噻噸酮;1,2-二苯基甲烷;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮;1-氯蒽醌、2-氯蒽醌等醌化合物。 另外,作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如也可列舉胺等光增感劑等。 Examples of photopolymerization initiators include: benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoate, benzoin dimethyl ketone, and other benzoin compounds; acetophenone compounds such as 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one, 2-hydroxy-1-(4-(4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropane)benzyl)phenyl)-2-methylpropane-1-one, and 2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-mofolinphenyl)-2-benzyl-1-butanone; and bis(2,4,6-trimethylammonium trioxide). Phosphine oxide compounds such as methylbenzoyl(phenyl)phosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; sulfide compounds such as benzylphenyl sulfide and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide; α-keto alcohol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanium eccentricate compounds such as titanium eccentricate; thiotonone compounds such as thiotonone; peroxide compounds; diacetyl compounds such as diacetyl; benzohexane; dibenzohexane; benzophenone; 2,4-diethylthiotonone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl]propanone; quinone compounds such as 1-chloroanthraquinone and 2-chloroanthraquinone. In addition, photosensitizers such as amines can also be listed as the aforementioned photopolymerization initiators.
組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜所含有之光聚合起始劑(c)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些光聚合起始劑(c)的組合及比率可任意選擇。例如2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等在常溫為液狀之反應性高的光聚合起始劑,可以單獨使用而使保護膜形成膜有效率地進行交聯,可提高凝膠分率。2-羥基-1-(4-(4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基)苯基)-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、1-羥基環己基-苯基酮等反應性低的光聚合起始劑,可藉由併用2-(二甲胺基)-1-(4-嗎福林苯基)-2-苄基-1-丁酮等反應性高的光聚合起始劑,使保護膜形成膜有效率地進行交聯,可提高凝膠分率。The photopolymerization initiator (c) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film can be one or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of these photopolymerization initiators (c) can be arbitrarily selected. For example, highly reactive photopolymerization initiators such as 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane-1-one, which are liquid at room temperature, can be used alone to enable efficient crosslinking of the protective film forming film and improve the gel fraction. Low-reactivity photopolymerization initiators such as 2-hydroxy-1-(4-(4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic)benzyl)phenyl)-2-methylpropane-1-one and 1-hydroxycyclohexyl-phenyl one can be combined with highly reactive photopolymerization initiators such as 2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-mofolinphenyl)-2-benzyl-1-butanone to enable efficient crosslinking of the protective film and improve the gel fraction.
使用光聚合起始劑(c)之情形時,組成物(IV)之中,光聚合起始劑(c)的含量相對於能量線硬化性成分(a)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份至20質量份,更佳為1質量份至10質量份,尤佳為2質量份至5質量份。When using a photopolymerization initiator (c), the content of the photopolymerization initiator (c) in the composition (IV) is 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 2 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass.
(無機充填材料(d)) 組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜含有無機充填材料(d)之情形時,藉由調節組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜中的無機充填材料(d)的量,可更容易地調節保護膜形成膜的硬化物(例如保護膜)的熱膨脹係數。例如藉由使保護膜的熱膨脹係數對於保護膜的形成對象物而言最適化,使用保護膜形成膜所獲得之封裝體的可靠性進一步提高。另外,藉由使用含有無機充填材料(d)之保護膜形成膜,亦能夠減低保護膜形成膜的硬化物(例如保護膜)的吸濕率或提高散熱性。 (Inorganic Filler Material (d)) When both the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film contain inorganic filler material (d), the coefficient of thermal expansion of the cured component of the protective film forming film (e.g., the protective film) can be more easily adjusted by regulating the amount of inorganic filler material (d) in both the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film. For example, by optimizing the coefficient of thermal expansion of the protective film for the object to which the protective film is formed, the reliability of the encapsulation obtained using the protective film forming film is further improved. Furthermore, by using a protective film forming film containing inorganic filler material (d), the moisture absorption rate of the cured component of the protective film forming film (e.g., the protective film) can also be reduced or heat dissipation improved.
作為無機充填材料(d),例如可列舉:二氧化矽、氧化鋁、滑石、碳酸鈣、鈦白、鐵丹、碳化矽、氮化硼等無機材料的粉末;將這些無機填充材料加以球形化而成之珠粒;這些無機填充材料之表面改質品;這些無機填充材之單晶纖維;玻璃纖維等。 這些之中,無機充填材料(d)較佳為二氧化矽或是氧化鋁。 Examples of inorganic filler materials (d) include: powders of inorganic materials such as silicon dioxide, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium dioxide, iron oxide, silicon carbide, and boron nitride; beads formed by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; surface-modified products of these inorganic fillers; single-crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; and glass fibers. Among these, silicon dioxide or alumina is preferred as the inorganic filler material (d).
組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜所含有之無機充填材料(d)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些無機充填材料(d)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The inorganic filler material (d) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these inorganic filler materials (d) can be arbitrarily selected.
組成物(IV)之中,無機充填材料(d)的含量相對於溶媒以外的所有成分的總含量之比率(亦即保護膜形成膜中無機充填材料(d)的含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率)較佳為35質量%至75質量%,例如亦可為45質量%至70質量%、以及50質量%至65質量%中任一者。藉由前述比率為這種範圍,可在不損及保護膜形成膜的特性的前提下更為提高使用無機充填材料(d)所帶來的功效。In composition (IV), the ratio of the content of inorganic filler material (d) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (i.e., the ratio of the content of inorganic filler material (d) in the protective film forming film to the total mass of the protective film forming film) is preferably 35% to 75% by mass, for example, it can also be any one of 45% to 70% by mass and 50% to 65% by mass. By using the aforementioned ratio within this range, the effectiveness brought about by the use of inorganic filler material (d) can be further improved without compromising the characteristics of the protective film forming film.
(偶合劑(e)) 組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜含有具有可與無機化合物或是有機化合物反應之官能基之偶合劑(e)的情形時,保護膜形成膜相對於被接著體之接著性以及密接性提高。另外,保護膜形成膜的硬化物(例如保護膜)可不損及耐熱性地提高耐水性。 (Coupling Agent (e)) When both the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film contain a coupling agent (e) having functional groups capable of reacting with inorganic or organic compounds, the adhesion and bonding strength of the protective film forming film relative to the substrate are improved. Furthermore, the hardened form of the protective film forming film (e.g., the protective film itself) can improve water resistance without compromising heat resistance.
偶合劑(e)較佳係具有可與丙烯酸樹脂(b)、能量線硬化性成分(a)等所具有之官能基反應之官能基之化合物,更佳為矽烷偶合劑。 作為較佳的前述矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉:3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-(苯基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、雙(3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基)四硫化物、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷、咪唑矽烷等。 The coupling agent (e) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional groups of acrylic resin (b), energy line curing component (a), etc., and is more preferably a silane coupling agent. Preferred silane coupling agents include, for example: 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, and 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane. Alkane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-(phenylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinepropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-caprylylpropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-caprylylpropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis(3-triethoxysilylpropyl)tetrasulfide, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, imidazolylsilane, etc.
組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜所含有之偶合劑(e)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些偶合劑(e)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The coupling agent (e) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these coupling agents (e) can be arbitrarily selected.
使用偶合劑(e)之情形時,組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜之中,偶合劑(e)的含量相對於能量線硬化性成分(a)以及丙烯酸樹脂(b)的合計含量100質量份,較佳為0.03質量份至20質量份。藉由偶合劑(e)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可更顯著地獲得如下之由使用偶合劑(e)所帶來之功效:無機充填材料(d)於樹脂中之分散性提高、或保護膜形成膜與被接著體之接著性提高等。藉由偶合劑(e)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可進一步抑制產生逸氣。When using coupling agent (e), the content of coupling agent (e) in composition (IV) and the protective film forming film is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass relative to the total content of energy line curing component (a) and acrylic resin (b) of 100 parts by mass. By having the aforementioned content of coupling agent (e) at or above the aforementioned lower limit, the following effects brought about by the use of coupling agent (e) can be more significantly obtained: improved dispersibility of inorganic filler material (d) in the resin, or improved adhesion between the protective film forming film and the substrate. By having the aforementioned content of coupling agent (e) at or below the aforementioned upper limit, the generation of gas escape can be further suppressed.
(交聯劑(f)) 作為丙烯酸樹脂(b),使用具有可與其它化合物鍵結之乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等官能基之成分之情形時,組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜亦可含有交聯劑(f)。交聯劑(f)係用以使丙烯酸樹脂(b)中的前述官能基與其它化合物鍵結而進行交聯之成分,藉由如此進行交聯,能夠調節保護膜形成膜的起始接著力及凝聚力。 (Crosslinking Agent (f)) When the acrylic resin (b) uses components with functional groups such as vinyl, (meth)acrylic, amino, hydroxyl, carboxyl, and isocyanate groups that can bond with other compounds, the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film may also contain a crosslinking agent (f). The crosslinking agent (f) is a component used to crosslink the aforementioned functional groups in the acrylic resin (b) with other compounds. Through this crosslinking, the initial adhesion and cohesion of the protective film forming film can be adjusted.
作為交聯劑(f),例如可列舉:有機多元異氰酸酯化合物、有機多元亞胺化合物、金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑)、氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑)等。Examples of crosslinking agents (f) include: organic polyisocyanate compounds, organic polyimine compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents with metal chelate structures), aziridine crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents with aziridine groups), etc.
作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,可列舉例如:芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物以及脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物(以下有時將這些化合物匯整縮寫為「芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等」);前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等三聚物、異氰脲酸酯物以及加合物;前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等與多元醇化合物進行反應所獲得之末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物等。前述「加合物」係指前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物或是脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物與乙二醇、丙二醇、新戊二醇、三羥甲基丙烷或是蓖麻油等含低分子活性氫之化合物而成之反應物。作為前述加合物之例,可列舉如後述般之三羥甲基丙烷的苯二甲基二異氰酸酯加成物等。另外,所謂「末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物」,意指具有胺基甲酸酯鍵、且於分子的末端部具有異氰酸酯基之預聚物。Examples of the aforementioned organic polyisocyanate compounds include, for example, aromatic polyisocyanate compounds, aliphatic polyisocyanate compounds, and alicyclic polyisocyanate compounds (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "aromatic polyisocyanate compounds, etc."); trimers, isocyanurates, and adducts of the aforementioned aromatic polyisocyanate compounds; and terminal isocyanate carbamate prepolymers obtained by reacting the aforementioned aromatic polyisocyanate compounds with polyol compounds. The aforementioned "adduct" refers to the reaction product of the aforementioned aromatic polyisocyanate compounds, aliphatic polyisocyanate compounds, or alicyclic polyisocyanate compounds with compounds containing low-molecular-weight active hydrogen, such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane, or castor oil. Examples of the aforementioned adducts include trihydroxymethylpropane dimethyl diisocyanate adducts, as described later. Furthermore, the term "terminated isocyanate carbamate prepolymer" refers to a prepolymer having carbamate bonds and isocyanate groups at the ends of the molecule.
作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,更具體而言,例如可列舉如:2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯;2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯;1,3-苯二甲基二異氰酸酯;1,4-苯二甲基二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-4,4’-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-2,4’-二異氰酸酯;3-甲基二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯;六亞甲基二異氰酸酯;異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-4,4’-二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-2,4’-二異氰酸酯;於三羥甲基丙烷等多元醇中所有或是一部分的羥基加成了甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯以及苯二甲基二異氰酸酯中任1種或是2種以上之化合物;離胺酸二異氰酸酯等。More specifically, examples of the aforementioned organic polyisocyanate compounds include: 2,4-toluene diisocyanate; 2,6-toluene diisocyanate; 1,3-phenylenedimethyl diisocyanate; 1,4-phenylenedimethyl diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexanoate. Methyl diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; compounds formed by the addition of all or part of the hydroxyl groups of polyols such as trihydroxymethylpropane to toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, and phenyl diisocyanate, or two or more thereof; lysine diisocyanate, etc.
作為前述有機多元亞胺化合物,例如可列舉:N,N’-二苯基甲烷-4,4’-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)、三羥甲基丙烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、N,N’-甲苯-2,4-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)三伸乙基三聚氰胺等。Examples of the aforementioned organic polyimide compounds include: N,N’-diphenylmethane-4,4’-bis(1-aziridinium methylamine), trihydroxymethylpropane-tri-β-aziridinium propionate, tetrahydroxymethylmethane-tri-β-aziridinium propionate, and N,N’-toluene-2,4-bis(1-aziridinium methylamine)triethyl melamine.
使用有機多元異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑(f)之情形時,作為丙烯酸樹脂(b),較佳係使用含羥基之聚合物。交聯劑(f)具有異氰酸酯基而丙烯酸樹脂(b)具有羥基之情形時,藉由交聯劑(f)與丙烯酸樹脂(b)進行反應,可於保護膜形成膜簡便地導入交聯結構。When an organic polyisocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (f), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl-containing polymer as the acrylic resin (b). When the crosslinking agent (f) has isocyanate groups and the acrylic resin (b) has hydroxyl groups, the crosslinked structure can be easily introduced into the protective film by reacting the crosslinking agent (f) with the acrylic resin (b).
組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜所含有之交聯劑(f)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些交聯劑(f)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The crosslinking agent (f) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these crosslinking agents (f) can be arbitrarily selected.
使用交聯劑(f)之情形時,組成物(IV)之中,交聯劑(f)的含量相對於丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。藉由交聯劑(f)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可更顯著地獲得使用交聯劑(f)所帶來之功效。藉由交聯劑(f)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,交聯劑(f)的過度使用得到抑制。When crosslinking agent (f) is used, the content of crosslinking agent (f) in composition (IV) is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of acrylic resin (b). By ensuring that the content of crosslinking agent (f) is above or above the aforementioned lower limit, the efficacy brought about by the use of crosslinking agent (f) can be obtained more significantly. By ensuring that the content of crosslinking agent (f) is below the aforementioned upper limit, the overuse of crosslinking agent (f) is suppressed.
(著色劑(g)) 組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜含有著色劑(g)之情形時,藉由調節著色劑(g)之含量,可調節保護膜形成膜的光的穿透率。並且,藉由如此般調節光的穿透率,例如可調節對於保護膜形成膜或是保護膜進行了雷射標記之情形時之雷射標記辨識性。另外,亦可提高保護膜的設計性、或使晶圓的內面的磨削痕不易見到。 (Colorant (g)) When both the composition (IV) and the protective film contain colorant (g), the light transmittance of the protective film can be adjusted by varying the amount of colorant (g). Furthermore, by adjusting the light transmittance in this way, for example, the laser marking recognition of the protective film or the protective film after laser marking can be adjusted. Additionally, it can improve the design flexibility of the protective film or make grinding marks on the inner surface of the wafer less visible.
作為著色劑(g),例如可列舉:無機系顏料、有機系顏料、有機系染料等公知之顏料。As coloring agents (g), examples include: inorganic pigments, organic pigments, organic dyes and other known pigments.
作為前述有機系顏料及有機系染料,例如可列舉:胺鎓系色素、花青系色素、部花青系色素、克酮鎓系色素、角鯊烯鎓系色素、薁鎓系色素、聚次甲基系色素、萘醌系色素、吡喃鎓系色素、酞菁系色素、萘酞菁系色素、萘內醯胺系色素、偶氮系色素、縮合偶氮系色素、靛藍系色素、芘酮系色素、苝系色素、二噁嗪系色素、喹吖啶酮系色素、異吲哚啉酮系色素、喹酞酮系色素、吡咯系色素、硫靛藍系色素、金屬錯合物系色素(金屬錯鹽染料)、二硫醇金屬錯合物系色素、吲哚苯酚系色素、三烯丙基甲烷系色素、蒽醌系色素、萘酚系色素、甲亞胺系色素、苯并咪唑酮系色素、皮蒽酮系色素及士林系色素等。Examples of organic pigments and dyes mentioned above include: amine-based pigments, anthocyanin-based pigments, quinone-based pigments, squalene-based pigments, azuron-based pigments, polymethyl pigments, naphthoquinone-based pigments, pyranone-based pigments, phthalocyanine-based pigments, naphthyl phthalocyanine-based pigments, naphthyl lactone-based pigments, azo-based pigments, condensed azo-based pigments, indigo-based pigments, pyrenone-based pigments, and perylene-based pigments. Dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, isoindolineone pigments, quinolineone pigments, pyrrole pigments, indigo pigments, metal complex pigments (metal chromate dyes), dithiol metal complex pigments, indolephenol pigments, triallylmethane pigments, anthraquinone pigments, naphthol pigments, methylimine pigments, benzimidazole pigments, pinantrone pigments, and vat pigments, etc.
作為前述無機系顏料,例如可列舉:碳黑、鈷系色素、鐵系色素、鉻系色素、鈦系色素、釩系色素、鋯系色素、鉬系色素、釕系色素、鉑系色素、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide,氧化銦錫)系色素、ATO(Antimony Tin Oxide,氧化銻錫)系色素等。Examples of inorganic pigments mentioned above include: carbon black, cobalt-based pigments, iron-based pigments, chromium-based pigments, titanium-based pigments, vanadium-based pigments, zirconium-based pigments, molybdenum-based pigments, ruthenium-based pigments, platinum-based pigments, ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) pigments, and ATO (Antimony Tin Oxide) pigments.
組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜所含有之著色劑(g)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些著色劑(g)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The colorant (g) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these colorants (g) can be arbitrarily selected.
使用著色劑(g)之情形時,組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜的著色劑(g)的含量可根據目的而適宜調節即可。例如上述般提高保護膜形成膜或是保護膜的雷射標記辨識性或是保護膜的設計性,或是使晶圓的內面的磨削痕不易見到的情形中,組成物(IV)之中,著色劑(g)的含量相對於溶媒以外的所有成分的總含量之比率(亦即保護膜形成膜中著色劑(g)的含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率)較佳為0.05質量%至12質量%,更佳為0.05質量%至9質量%,尤佳為0.1質量%至7質量%。藉由前述比率為前述下限值以上,可更顯著地獲得使用著色劑(g)所帶來之功效。藉由前述比率為前述上限值以下,著色劑(g)的過度使用得到抑制。When using a colorant (g), the content of the colorant (g) in the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film can be adjusted appropriately according to the purpose. For example, in cases such as improving the laser marking identification of the protective film or the design of the protective film, or making the grinding marks on the inner surface of the wafer less visible, the ratio of the content of the colorant (g) in the composition (IV) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (i.e., the ratio of the content of the colorant (g) in the protective film forming film to the total mass of the protective film forming film) is preferably 0.05% to 12% by mass, more preferably 0.05% to 9% by mass, and even more preferably 0.1% to 7% by mass. By using the aforementioned ratio at or above the aforementioned lower limit, the effects brought about by the use of the colorant (g) can be more significantly obtained. By keeping the aforementioned ratio below the aforementioned upper limit, the overuse of colorant (g) is suppressed.
(熱硬化性成分(h)) 組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜含有能量線硬化性成分(a)以及熱硬化性成分(h)之情形時,保護膜形成膜係藉由加熱來提高對於被接著體之接著力,亦提高該保護膜形成膜的硬化物(例如保護膜)的強度。 (Thermocurable component (h)) When the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film contain both energy-curing component (a) and thermocurable component (h), the protective film forming film enhances its adhesion to the substrate by heating, and also increases the strength of the cured protective film (e.g., the protective film itself).
作為熱硬化性成分(h),例如可列舉:環氧系熱硬化性樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂等,較佳為環氧系熱硬化性樹脂。Examples of thermosetting components (h) include epoxy thermosetting resins, polyimide resins, and unsaturated polyester resins, with epoxy thermosetting resins being preferred.
前述環氧系熱硬化性樹脂係由環氧樹脂(h1)以及熱硬化劑(h2)所組成。 組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜所含有之環氧系熱硬化性樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些環氧系熱硬化性樹脂的組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned epoxy thermosetting resin is composed of epoxy resin (h1) and thermosetting agent (h2). The epoxy thermosetting resin contained in component (IV) and the protective film forming film may be only one type or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these epoxy thermosetting resins can be arbitrarily selected.
・環氧樹脂(h1) 作為環氧樹脂(h1),可列舉公知之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:多官能系環氧樹脂、聯苯化合物、雙酚A二縮水甘油醚以及其氫化物、鄰甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、伸苯基骨架型環氧樹脂等2官能以上的環氧化合物。 • Epoxy Resins (h1) As for epoxy resins (h1), known epoxy resins can be listed, such as: multifunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and its hydrogenates, o-cresol phenolic varnish epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resins, biphenyl-type epoxy resins, bisphenol A-type epoxy resins, bisphenol F-type epoxy resins, and phenyl-skeletal epoxy resins, etc., which are epoxy compounds with two or more functions.
作為環氧樹脂(h1),亦可使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂。具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂相較於不具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂而言相對於丙烯酸樹脂之相溶性更高。因此,藉由使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,可提高使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之具保護膜之晶片的可靠性。As an epoxy resin (h1), epoxy resins with unsaturated hydrocarbon groups can also be used. Epoxy resins with unsaturated hydrocarbon groups have higher compatibility with acrylic resins compared to epoxy resins without unsaturated hydrocarbon groups. Therefore, by using epoxy resins with unsaturated hydrocarbon groups, the reliability of wafers with protective films obtained using protective film forming composites can be improved.
作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:多官能系環氧樹脂的一部分環氧基被轉換為具有不飽和烴基之基而成之化合物。這種化合物例如可藉由使(甲基)丙烯酸或是其衍生物與環氧基進行加成反應而獲得。 另外,作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:於構成環氧樹脂之芳香環等直接鍵結有具有不飽和烴基之基之化合物等。不飽和烴基為具有聚合性之不飽和基,作為該不飽和烴基的具體例,可列舉:次乙基(乙烯基)、2-丙烯基(烯丙基)、(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等,較佳為丙烯醯基。 Examples of epoxy resins having unsaturated hydrocarbon groups include compounds formed by converting some epoxy groups in multifunctional epoxy resins into groups having unsaturated hydrocarbon groups. Such compounds can be obtained, for example, by an addition reaction of (meth)acrylic acid or its derivatives with an epoxy group. Furthermore, examples of epoxy resins having unsaturated hydrocarbon groups include compounds in which unsaturated hydrocarbon groups are directly bonded to aromatic rings or other components constituting the epoxy resin. An unsaturated hydrocarbon is a polymerizable unsaturated group. Specific examples of such unsaturated hydrocarbons include: methine (vinyl), 2-propenyl (allyl), (meth)acrylyl, (meth)acrylamino, etc., with acrylyl being preferred.
環氧樹脂(h1)的數量平均分子量並無特別限定,就保護膜形成膜的硬化性、保護膜的強度以及耐熱性的方面而言,較佳為300至30000,更佳為300至10000,尤佳為300至3000。 環氧樹脂(h1)的環氧當量,較佳為100g/eq至1000g/eq,更佳為150g/eq至950g/eq。 The number-average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (h1) is not particularly limited, but in terms of the curability, strength, and heat resistance of the protective film, it is preferably 300 to 30,000, more preferably 300 to 10,000, and even more preferably 300 to 3,000. The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (h1) is preferably 100 g/eq to 1,000 g/eq, more preferably 150 g/eq to 950 g/eq.
組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜所含有之環氧樹脂(h1)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些環氧樹脂(h1)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The epoxy resin (h1) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these epoxy resins (h1) can be arbitrarily selected.
・熱硬化劑(h2) 熱硬化劑(h2)發揮作為針對環氧樹脂(h1)之硬化劑之功能。 作為熱硬化劑(h2),可列舉例如:1分子中具有2個以上可與環氧基進行反應之官能基之化合物。作為前述官能基,例如可列舉:酚性羥基、醇性羥基、胺基、羧基、酸基經酐化而成之基等,較佳為酚性羥基、胺基、或是酸基經酐化而成之基,更佳為酚性羥基或是胺基。 • Thermosetting Agent (h2) Thermosetting agent (h2) functions as a curing agent for epoxy resins (h1). Examples of thermosetting agents (h2) include compounds having two or more functional groups in one molecule that can react with epoxy groups. Examples of such functional groups include phenolic hydroxyl groups, alcoholic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, carboxyl groups, and groups formed by anhydride conversion of acid groups. Phenolic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, or groups formed by anhydride conversion of acid groups are preferred, and phenolic hydroxyl groups or amino groups are even more preferred.
熱硬化劑(h2)之中,作為具有酚性羥基之酚系硬化劑,例如可列舉:多官能酚樹脂、聯苯酚、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯型酚樹脂、芳烷基型酚樹脂等。 熱硬化劑(h2)之中,作為具有胺基之胺系硬化劑,例如可列舉雙氰胺等。 Among thermosetting agents (h2), phenolic curing agents containing phenolic hydroxyl groups include, for example, polyfunctional phenolic resins, biphenol, phenolic varnish-type phenolic resins, dicyclopentadiene-type phenolic resins, and aralkyl-type phenolic resins. Amino curing agents (h2) containing amino groups include, for example, dicyandiamide.
熱硬化劑(h2)亦可具有不飽和烴基。 作為具有不飽和烴基之熱硬化劑(h2),例如可列舉:具有酚樹脂的一部分羥基由具有不飽和烴基之基取代而成之結構之化合物、具有於酚樹脂的芳香環直接鍵結有具有不飽和烴基之基之結構之化合物等。 作為熱硬化劑(h2)中之前述不飽和烴基,可列舉與上述之具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂中之不飽和烴基相同者。 Thermosetting agents (h2) can also contain unsaturated hydrocarbon groups. Examples of thermosetting agents (h2) containing unsaturated hydrocarbon groups include: compounds in which a portion of the hydroxyl groups in a phenolic resin are replaced by unsaturated hydrocarbon groups; and compounds in which unsaturated hydrocarbon groups are directly bonded to the aromatic rings of a phenolic resin. Among the aforementioned unsaturated hydrocarbon groups in thermosetting agents (h2), examples include those identical to the unsaturated hydrocarbon groups in the aforementioned epoxy resins.
使用酚系硬化劑作為熱硬化劑(h2)之情形時,由提高保護膜自支撐片之剝離性之方面來看,較佳為軟化點或是玻璃轉移溫度高之熱硬化劑(h2)。When using phenolic curing agents as thermosetting agents (h2), from the perspective of improving the peelability of the protective film's self-supporting sheet, thermosetting agents (h2) with high softening points or glass transition temperatures are preferred.
熱硬化劑(h2)之中,例如多官能酚樹脂、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯型酚樹脂、芳烷基型酚樹脂等樹脂成分的數量平均分子量較佳為300至30000,更佳為400至10000,尤佳為500至3000。 熱硬化劑(h2)之中,例如聯苯酚、雙氰胺等非樹脂成分的分子量並無特別限定,例如較佳為60至500。 The average molecular weight of resin components in the thermosetting agent (h2), such as polyfunctional phenolic resins, phenolic varnish-type phenolic resins, dicyclopentadiene-type phenolic resins, and aralkyl-type phenolic resins, is preferably 300 to 30,000, more preferably 400 to 10,000, and even more preferably 500 to 3,000. The molecular weight of non-resin components in the thermosetting agent (h2), such as biphenol and dicyandiamide, is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500.
組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜所含有之熱硬化劑(h2)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些熱硬化劑(h2)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The thermosetting agent (h2) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these thermosetting agents (h2) can be arbitrarily selected.
使用熱硬化性成分(h)之情形時,組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜之中,熱硬化劑(h2)的含量相對於環氧樹脂(h1)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份至100質量份。藉由熱硬化劑(h2)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可更容易進行保護膜形成膜的硬化。藉由熱硬化劑(h2)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,以減低保護膜形成膜的吸濕率,進一步提高使用具保護膜之晶片所獲得之封裝體的可靠性。When using a thermosetting component (h), the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) in the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film is preferably 0.1 to 100 parts by mass relative to the content of epoxy resin (h1) per 100 parts by mass. By ensuring that the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) is above the aforementioned lower limit, the curing of the protective film forming film can be facilitated. By ensuring that the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) is below the aforementioned upper limit, the moisture absorption rate of the protective film forming film is reduced, further improving the reliability of the package obtained using the wafer with the protective film.
使用熱硬化性成分(h)之情形時,組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜之中,熱硬化性成分(h)的含量(例如環氧樹脂(h1)以及熱硬化劑(h2)的合計含量)相對於丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量100質量份,較佳為5質量份至120質量份。藉由熱硬化性成分(h)的前述含量為這種範圍,例如保護膜形成膜的硬化物與支撐片之接著力得到抑制,而提高支撐片的剝離性。When using a thermosetting component (h), the content of the thermosetting component (h) in the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film (e.g., the total content of epoxy resin (h1) and thermosetting agent (h2)) relative to the content of acrylic resin (b) is preferably 5 to 120 parts by mass. By using the aforementioned content of the thermosetting component (h) within this range, for example, the adhesion between the hardened material of the protective film forming film and the support sheet is suppressed, thereby improving the peelability of the support sheet.
(通用添加劑(z)) 通用添加劑(z)可為公知的通用添加劑,根據目的而任意地選擇,並無特別限定。作為較佳的通用添加劑(z),例如可列舉塑化劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、吸氣劑、紫外線吸收劑等。 (General Additive (z)) The general additive (z) can be any known general additive, and can be selected arbitrarily according to the purpose without particular limitation. Preferred general additives (z) include, for example, plasticizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, getters, and UV absorbers.
組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜所含有之通用添加劑(z)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些通用添加劑(z)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The composition (IV) and the protective film forming film contain only one type of general additive (z), or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of these general additives (z) can be arbitrarily selected.
使用通用添加劑(z)之情形時,組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜的通用添加劑(z)的含量並無特別限定,可根據目的而適宜選擇即可。 例如通用添加劑(z)為紫外線吸收劑之情形時,組成物(IV)之中,通用添加劑(z)(紫外線吸收劑)的含量相對於溶媒以外的所有成分的總含量之比率(亦即保護膜形成膜中通用添加劑(z)(紫外線吸收劑)的含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率)較佳為0.1質量%至5質量%。藉由前述比率為前述下限值以上,可更顯著地獲得使用通用添加劑(z)所帶來之功效。藉由前述比率為前述上限值以下,通用添加劑(z)的過度使用得到抑制。 When using a universal additive (z), there are no particular limitations on the content of the universal additive (z) in both component (IV) and the protective film forming film; it can be selected appropriately according to the purpose. For example, when the universal additive (z) is an ultraviolet absorber, the ratio of the content of the universal additive (z) (ultraviolet absorber) in component (IV) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (i.e., the ratio of the content of the universal additive (z) (ultraviolet absorber) in the protective film forming film to the total mass of the protective film forming film) is preferably 0.1% to 5% by mass. By setting the aforementioned ratio above the lower limit, the effects of using the universal additive (z) can be more significantly obtained. By setting the aforementioned ratio below the upper limit, the excessive use of the universal additive (z) is suppressed.
(不具有能量線硬化性基之其它聚合物(b0)) 不具有能量線硬化性基之其它聚合物(b0)係賦予保護膜形成膜造膜性。 前述聚合物(b0)只要不相當於丙烯酸樹脂(b),並無特別限定。 前述聚合物(b0)可至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯,亦可不進行交聯。 (Other polymers (b0) without energy-line hardening groups) Other polymers (b0) without energy-line hardening groups impart membrane-forming properties to the protective film. The aforementioned polymers (b0) are not particularly limited as long as they are not equivalent to acrylic resin (b). The aforementioned polymers (b0) may be at least partially crosslinked using a crosslinking agent, or they may not be crosslinked.
作為前述聚合物(b0),例如可列舉:重量平均分子量超過1100000之丙烯酸樹脂、分散度為3.0以下之丙烯酸樹脂(本說明書之中,有時將這些丙烯酸樹脂稱為「其它丙烯酸樹脂」);不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂以外的聚合物等。Examples of the aforementioned polymers (b0) include: acrylic resins with a weight average molecular weight exceeding 1,100,000; acrylic resins with a dispersion of 3.0 or less (in this specification, these acrylic resins are sometimes referred to as "other acrylic resins"); and polymers other than acrylic resins that do not have energy line hardening groups.
作為前述其它丙烯酸樹脂,除了重量平均分子量超過1100000或是分散度為3.0以下的方面以外,可列舉與丙烯酸樹脂(b)相同者。Other acrylic resins mentioned above, except for those with a weight average molecular weight exceeding 1,100,000 or a dispersion of 3.0 or less, are similar to acrylic resin (b).
作為不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂以外的聚合物,例如可列舉:胺基甲酸酯樹脂、苯氧基樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、飽和聚酯樹脂等。Polymers other than acrylic resins that do not have energy-curing groups include, for example, urethane resins, phenoxy resins, polysiloxane resins, saturated polyester resins, etc.
不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂以外的聚合物的重量平均分子量(Mw),由組成物(IV)的造膜性變得更良好的方面而言,較佳為10000至2000000,更佳為100000至1500000。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of polymers other than acrylic resins that do not have energy line hardening groups is preferably 10,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 100,000 to 1,500,000, in terms of improving the film-forming properties of the composition (IV).
組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜所含有之前述聚合物(b0)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些聚合物(b0)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The aforementioned polymer (b0) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these polymers (b0) can be arbitrarily selected.
組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜之中,聚合物(b0)的含量相對於丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量100質量份,較佳為5質量份以下,更佳為3質量份以下,又更佳為1質量份以下,尤佳為0質量份(亦即尤佳係組成物(IV)以及保護膜形成膜不含有聚合物(b0))。藉由聚合物(b0)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,上述因回流步驟所致滲出得到抑制。In the composition (IV) and the protective film forming membrane, the content of polymer (b0) relative to the content of acrylic resin (b) is preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 1 part by mass or less, and most preferably 0 parts by mass (i.e., preferably the composition (IV) and the protective film forming membrane do not contain polymer (b0)). By ensuring that the aforementioned content of polymer (b0) is below the aforementioned upper limit, the aforementioned seepage caused by the reflux step is suppressed.
[溶媒] 組成物(IV)較佳係進而含有溶媒。含有溶媒之組成物(IV)之操作性變得良好。 前述溶媒並無特別限定,作為較佳之溶媒,例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等醇;乙酸乙酯等酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮;四氫呋喃等醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 組成物(IV)所含有之溶媒可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些溶媒的組合及比率可任意選擇。 [Soluble Medium] Composition (IV) preferably contains a solvent. The operability of composition (IV) containing a solvent improves. The aforementioned solvent is not particularly limited. Preferred solvents include, for example: hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropane-1-ol), and 1-butanol; esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; and amides (compounds containing amide bonds) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone. Composition (IV) may contain only one solvent or two or more solvents. In the case of two or more solvents, the combination and ratio of these solvents can be arbitrarily selected.
組成物(IV)所含有之溶媒,例如由可使組成物(IV)中的含有成分更均勻混合的方面來看,作為更佳之溶媒可列舉甲基乙基酮等。The solvent contained in composition (IV), for example, is a better solvent in terms of making the components contained in composition (IV) mix more evenly, such as methyl ethyl ketone.
組成物(IV)的溶媒的含量並無特別限定,例如可根據溶媒以外之成分之種類而適宜選擇即可。There is no particular limitation on the content of solvent in component (IV). For example, it can be appropriately selected according to the type of components other than solvent.
[保護膜形成用組成物的製造方法] 組成物(IV)等能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物可藉由調配用以構成該組成物之各成分而獲得。 各成分的調配時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可將2種以上的成分同時添加。 於調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,自以下之公知的方法中適宜選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 關於添加及混合各成分時的溫度及時間,只要不使各調配成分劣化,則並無特別限定,適宜調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 [Manufacturing Method of Composition for Protective Film Formation] Composition (IV) isoelectric line curing protective film formation composition can be obtained by formulating the components used to constitute the composition. The order in which the components are added during formulation is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously. The method of mixing the components during formulation is not particularly limited; any of the following known methods may be appropriately selected: mixing by rotating a stir bar or stirring blade; mixing using a mixer; mixing by applying ultrasound, etc. Regarding the temperature and time for adding and mixing the components, there are no particular limitations as long as the formulation components are not degraded; they may be adjusted appropriately. A temperature of 15°C to 30°C is preferred.
圖1係以示意方式表示本實施形態的保護膜形成膜之一例之剖視圖。此外,以下之說明所用之圖有時為了容易理解本發明之特徵,為方便起見而將成為要部之部分放大表示,各構成要素之尺寸比率等未必與實際相同。Figure 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a protective film forming film of the present embodiment. Furthermore, in order to facilitate understanding of the features of the present invention, some parts that are important are sometimes enlarged for convenience, and the size ratios of each component may not be the same as the actual dimensions.
此處所示之保護膜形成膜13於其中一面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第1面」)13a上具備第1剝離膜151,於與前述第1面13a相反側的另一面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第2面」)13b上具備第2剝離膜152。 這種保護膜形成膜13例如適於以輥狀保存。 The protective film 13 shown here has a first peeling film 151 on one side (sometimes referred to as the "first side" in this specification) 13a, and a second peeling film 152 on the opposite side (sometimes referred to as the "second side" in this specification) 13b. This protective film 13 is suitable, for example, for storage in a roller shape.
保護膜形成膜13具有上述之特性。 保護膜形成膜13可使用上述之保護膜形成用組成物來形成。 The protective film forming film 13 possesses the aforementioned characteristics. The protective film forming film 13 can be formed using the aforementioned protective film forming composition.
第1剝離膜151以及第2剝離膜152可皆為公知者。第1剝離膜151以及第2剝離膜152亦可彼此相同,亦可例如自保護膜形成膜13剝離時所必需的剝離力相互不同等來相互不同。Both the first exfoliating membrane 151 and the second exfoliating membrane 152 are known. The first exfoliating membrane 151 and the second exfoliating membrane 152 may be the same as each other, or they may be different from each other, for example, by having different exfoliating forces required for the formation of the protective membrane 13.
圖1所示之保護膜形成膜13將第1剝離膜151以及第2剝離膜152的任一剝離膜被移除所產生之露出面成為對晶圓(省略圖示)的內面之貼附面。並且,第1剝離膜151以及第2剝離膜152之剩餘另一剝離膜被移除所產生之露出面成為後述之支撐片或是切割片的貼附面。The protective film forming film 13 shown in Figure 1 exposes the inner surface of the wafer (not shown) after removing either the first release film 151 or the second release film 152. Furthermore, the exposed surface of the remaining release film of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 becomes the attachment surface of the support sheet or dicing sheet described later.
圖1之中,表示剝離膜設置在保護膜形成膜13的兩面(第1面13a、第2面13b)之例,但剝離膜亦可僅設置於保護膜形成膜13的任一面(亦即僅第1面13a、或是僅第2面13b)。Figure 1 shows an example where the peeling membrane is disposed on both sides (first side 13a, second side 13b) of the protective film forming membrane 13, but the peeling membrane may also be disposed on only one side of the protective film forming membrane 13 (i.e. only the first side 13a, or only the second side 13b).
本實施形態的保護膜形成膜具有以下幾個方面。 「1」一種保護膜形成膜,係能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜;前述保護膜形成膜係含有能量線硬化性成分(a);使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化並於260℃加熱處理10分鐘之後之保護膜之重量(W 3)相對於能量線硬化前之前述保護膜形成膜的重量(W 0)之重量減少率(ΔW 3)為3.0%以下,較佳為2.8%以下,更佳為2.6%以下,又更佳為2.4%以下;使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化之後,無機充填材料以外之成分之凝膠分率為60%以上。 「2」如前述「1」所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化並以260℃加熱處理10分鐘之後之保護膜之光澤值(G2)相對於使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化之後之保護膜之光澤值(G1)之降低率為30%以下,較佳為28%以下,更佳為26%以下。 「3」如前述「1」或「2」所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中前述能量線硬化性成分(a)含有多官能(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物。 「4」如前述「1」至「3」中任一項所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中前述將保護膜形成膜於130℃加熱處理2小時之後的保護膜形成膜的重量(W 1)相對於熱處理前的前述保護膜形成膜的重量(W 0)的重量減少率ΔW 1為1.5%以下,更佳為1.4%以下,又更佳為1.3%以下。 「5」如前述「1」至「4」中任一項所記載之保護膜形成膜,使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化之後之保護膜之重量(W 2)相對於能量線硬化前之前述保護膜形成膜的重量(W 0)的重量減少率ΔW 2為0.30%以下,更佳為0.25%以下,又更佳為0.20%以下。 The protective film forming membrane of this embodiment has the following aspects. "1" A protective film forming membrane is an energy-line hardening protective film forming membrane; the aforementioned protective film forming membrane contains an energy-line hardening component (a); the weight reduction rate ( ΔW3 ) of the protective film after energy-line hardening and heat treatment at 260°C for 10 minutes relative to the weight ( W0 ) of the aforementioned protective film forming membrane before energy-line hardening is 3.0% or less, preferably 2.8% or less, more preferably 2.6% or less, and even more preferably 2.4% or less; after energy-line hardening of the aforementioned protective film forming membrane, the gel content of components other than inorganic filler materials is 60% or more. "2" As described in "1" above, the gloss value (G2) of the protective film formed after energy line curing and heat treatment at 260°C for 10 minutes is reduced by 30% or less, preferably 28% or less, and more preferably 26% or less. "3" As described in "1" or "2" above, the energy line curing component (a) contains a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate oligomer. "4" As described in any of "1" to "3" above, the weight reduction rate ΔW1 of the protective film formed after the protective film formed by heating it at 130°C for 2 hours relative to the weight ( W0 ) of the protective film formed before heat treatment is 1.5 % or less, more preferably 1.4% or less, and even more preferably 1.3% or less. "5" As described in any of "1" to "4" above, the weight reduction rate ΔW2 of the protective film formed after energy line hardening of the protective film formed by the protective film formed by the protective film formed after energy line hardening is 0.30 % or less, more preferably 0.25% or less, and even more preferably 0.20% or less.
「6」如前述「1」至「5」中任一項所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中前述保護膜形成膜含有前述能量線硬化性成分(a)、不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)、以及無機充填材料(d)。 「7」如前述「6」所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中前述丙烯酸樹脂(b)之中,衍生自具有官能基之單體之構成單元的量相對於構成前述丙烯酸樹脂(b)之構成單元的總量之比率(含量)為1質量%至20質量%,更佳為2質量%至10質量%。 「8」如前述「6」或「7」所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量相對於前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率為8質量%以上,更佳為10質量%以上,又更佳為12質量%以上,尤佳為14質量%以上。 「9」如前述「6」至「8」中任一項所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量相對於前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率為27質量%以下,較佳為25質量%以下,更佳為23質量%以下,又更佳為21質量%以下。 「10」如前述「6」至「9」中任一項所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中能量線硬化性成分(a)含量相對於前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率為12質量%至31質量%,較佳為14質量%至28質量%,更佳為16質量%至25質量%,保護膜形成膜的含有成分的合計含量之比率不超過100質量%。 「11」如前述「1」至「10」中任一項所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中前述保護膜形成膜係含有光聚合起始劑(c)。 「12」如前述「11」所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中前述光聚合起始劑(c)係含有2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮;或是含有2-羥基-1-(4-(4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基)苯基)-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮;或是含有1-羥基環己基-苯基酮、以及2-(二甲胺基)-1-(4-嗎福林苯基)-2-苄基-1-丁酮。 "6" The protective film forming film as described in any one of "1" to "5" above, wherein the protective film forming film contains the aforementioned energy line curing component (a), an acrylic resin (b) without energy line curing groups, and an inorganic filler material (d). "7" The protective film forming film as described in "6" above, wherein in the aforementioned acrylic resin (b), the ratio (content) of the constituent units derived from functionalized monomers to the total amount of constituent units constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin (b) is 1% to 20% by mass, more preferably 2% to 10% by mass. "8" The protective film forming film as described in "6" or "7" above, wherein the content of acrylic resin (b) relative to the total mass of the protective film forming film is 8% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, even more preferably 12% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 14% by mass or more. "9" The protective film forming film as described in any one of "6" to "8" above, wherein the content of acrylic resin (b) relative to the total mass of the protective film forming film is 27% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass or less, even more preferably 23% by mass or less, and even more preferably 21% by mass or less. "10" The protective film forming film as described in any of "6" to "9" above, wherein the content of the energy line hardening component (a) relative to the total mass of the protective film forming film is 12% to 31% by mass, more preferably 14% to 28% by mass, and even more preferably 16% to 25% by mass, and the total content of the components contained in the protective film forming film does not exceed 100% by mass. "11" The protective film forming film as described in any of "1" to "10" above, wherein the protective film forming film contains a photopolymerization initiator (c). "12" The protective film forming film as described in "11" above, wherein the aforementioned photopolymerization initiator (c) contains 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane-1-one; or contains 2-hydroxy-1-(4-(4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-2-methylpropane-1-one; or contains 1-hydroxycyclohexyl-phenyl one and 2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-mofolinphenyl)-2-benzyl-1-butanone.
本實施形態的保護膜形成膜可不與後述之支撐片併用而貼附於晶圓的內面。於此情形時,保護膜形成膜中之晶圓貼附面之相反側的面亦可設置剝離膜,該剝離膜在適切的時機移除即可。The protective film forming film of this embodiment can be attached to the inner surface of the wafer without being used in conjunction with the support sheet described later. In this case, a release film can also be provided on the side opposite to the wafer attachment surface of the protective film forming film, which can be removed at an appropriate time.
另一方面,本實施形態的保護膜形成膜藉由與後述之支撐片併用,可一併進行保護膜的形成與切割,而可構成保護膜形成用複合片。以下對於這種保護膜形成用複合片進行說明。On the other hand, the protective film forming film of this embodiment can be used in conjunction with the support sheet described later to simultaneously form and cut the protective film, thereby constituting a composite sheet for forming a protective film. This composite sheet for forming a protective film will be described below.
◇保護膜形成用複合片 本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片係具備:支撐片、設置於前述支撐片其中一面上之保護膜形成膜;前述保護膜形成膜為上述之本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成膜。 本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片係藉由具備前述保護膜形成膜,在形成保護膜時,上述因回流步驟所致滲出得到抑制。 ◇Composite Sheet for Protective Film Formation One embodiment of the present invention provides a composite sheet for protective film formation comprising: a support sheet and a protective film forming film disposed on one side of the support sheet; the aforementioned protective film forming film is the protective film forming film of one embodiment of the present invention. The composite sheet for protective film formation of this embodiment, by having the aforementioned protective film forming film, suppresses the seepage caused by the reflow step during the formation of the protective film.
本說明書之中,即使在保護膜形成膜硬化之後,只要維持支撐片與保護膜形成膜的硬化物之積層結構,仍稱該積層結構體為「保護膜形成用複合片」。In this manual, even after the protective film has hardened, as long as the laminated structure of the support sheet and the hardened protective film is maintained, the laminated structure is still referred to as a "composite sheet for forming a protective film".
以下對於構成前述保護膜形成用複合片之各層進行詳細的說明。The following is a detailed description of each layer of the composite sheet constituting the aforementioned protective film formation.
◎支撐片 前述支撐片可由1層(單層)所構成,亦可由2層以上的多層所構成。支撐片由多層所構成之情形時,這些多層的構成材料以及厚度可以互相相同或不同,這些多層的組合只要不損及本發明之功效,並無特別限定。 ◎Supporting Sheet The aforementioned supporting sheet may consist of a single layer or multiple layers (two or more). When the supporting sheet is composed of multiple layers, the materials and thicknesses of these layers may be the same or different. The combination of these layers is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the function of the invention.
支撐片較佳為透明,亦可根據目的進行著色。 在保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性之本實施形態之中,支撐片較佳為使能量線穿透。 The support sheet is preferably transparent, but can also be colored depending on the purpose. In this embodiment where the protective film forming film has energy line hardening properties, the support sheet is preferably designed to allow energy lines to pass through.
作為支撐片,例如可列舉:具備基材、以及設置於前述基材其中一面上之黏著劑層之支撐片;僅由基材所構成之支撐片等。支撐片具備黏著劑層之情形時,黏著劑層於保護膜形成用複合片之中係配置在基材與保護膜形成膜之間。Examples of support sheets include: a support sheet having a substrate and an adhesive layer disposed on one side of the substrate; and a support sheet consisting only of a substrate. When the support sheet has an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer is disposed between the substrate and the protective film forming film in the composite sheet for forming the protective film.
使用具備基材以及黏著劑層之支撐片之情形時,可容易地調節保護膜形成用複合片中之支撐片與保護膜形成膜之間的密接性以及剝離性。 使用僅由基材所構成之支撐片之情形時,可以低成本來製造保護膜形成用複合片。 When using a support sheet comprising a substrate and an adhesive layer, the adhesion and peelability between the support sheet and the protective film forming film in the protective film forming composite sheet can be easily adjusted. When using a support sheet consisting solely of a substrate, the protective film forming composite sheet can be manufactured at a low cost.
以下,對這種支撐片的每個種類一邊參照圖式一邊說明本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之例。The following describes examples of composite sheets for forming protective films in this embodiment, with reference to the drawings, for each type of such support sheet.
圖2係以示意方式表示本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片的一例之剖視圖。此外,圖2以下之圖之中,對於既已說明的圖所示相同構成要素,標附與該已說明的圖之情形相同符號,並省略該構成要素之詳細說明。Figure 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a protective film forming composite sheet of the present embodiment. Furthermore, in the figures below Figure 2, the same constituent elements shown in the previously described figures are labeled with the same symbols as in the previously described figures, and detailed descriptions of the constituent elements are omitted.
此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片101的構成係具備:支撐片10、設置於支撐片10其中一面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第1面」)10a上之保護膜形成膜13。 支撐片10的構成係具備:基材11、設置於基材11其中一面(第1面)11a上之黏著劑層12。保護膜形成用複合片101中,黏著劑層12係配置於基材11與保護膜形成膜13之間。 亦即,保護膜形成用複合片101係由基材11、黏著劑層12以及保護膜形成膜13依序於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成。 支撐片10的第1面10a係與黏著劑層12的基材11側之相反側的面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第1面」)12a相同。 The protective film forming composite sheet 101 shown here comprises: a support sheet 10 and a protective film forming film 13 disposed on one side (sometimes referred to as "first side") 10a of the support sheet 10. The support sheet 10 comprises: a substrate 11 and an adhesive layer 12 disposed on one side (first side) 11a of the substrate 11. In the protective film forming composite sheet 101, the adhesive layer 12 is disposed between the substrate 11 and the protective film forming film 13. That is, the protective film forming composite sheet 101 is formed by sequentially laminating the substrate 11, the adhesive layer 12, and the protective film forming film 13 in the thickness direction of these layers. The first surface 10a of the support sheet 10 is the same as the surface opposite to the substrate 11 side of the adhesive layer 12 (sometimes referred to as "first surface" in this specification) 12a.
保護膜形成用複合片101係進而於保護膜形成膜13上具備治具用接著劑層16以及剝離膜15。 保護膜形成用複合片101之中,於黏著劑層12的第1面12a的整面或是幾乎整面積層有保護膜形成膜13,而於保護膜形成膜13的黏著劑層12側之相反側的面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第1面」)13a的一部分、亦即於周縁部附近的區域積層有治具用接著劑層16。進而,於保護膜形成膜13的第1面13a之中,於未積層治具用接著劑層16之區域、以及治具用接著劑層16的保護膜形成膜13側之相反側的面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第1面」)16a,積層有剝離膜15。於保護膜形成膜13的第1面13a之相反側的面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第2面」)13b設置支撐片10。 The protective film forming composite sheet 101 further comprises a jig adhesive layer 16 and a peeling film 15 on the protective film forming film 13. In the protective film forming composite sheet 101, the protective film forming film 13 is laminated on the entire or almost entire surface of the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, and a jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated on a portion of the surface (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification) 13a opposite to the adhesive layer 12 of the protective film forming film 13, i.e., in the area near the periphery. Furthermore, a release film 15 is deposited on the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, in the area where the fixture adhesive layer 16 is not deposited, and on the opposite side of the protective film forming film 13 of the fixture adhesive layer 16 (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification) 16a. A support sheet 10 is provided on the opposite side of the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 (sometimes referred to as the "second surface" in this specification) 13b.
不限於保護膜形成用複合片101的情形,本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之中,剝離膜(例如圖1所示之剝離膜15)為任意的構成,本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片亦可具備剝離膜,亦可不具備剝離膜。Not limited to the protective film forming composite sheet 101, in the protective film forming composite sheet of this embodiment, the peeling membrane (for example, the peeling membrane 15 shown in FIG1) can be of any configuration. The protective film forming composite sheet of this embodiment may or may not have a peeling membrane.
治具用接著劑層16係用以將保護膜形成用複合片101固定於環形框等治具。 治具用接著劑層16例如亦可具有含有接著劑成分之單層結構,亦可具有多層結構,此多層結構具備作為芯材之片、以及設置於前述片的兩面之含有接著劑成分之層。 The adhesive layer 16 for the fixture is used to fix the protective film forming composite sheet 101 to a fixture such as an annular frame. The adhesive layer 16 for the fixture may have, for example, a single-layer structure containing adhesive components, or a multi-layer structure, wherein the multi-layer structure comprises a sheet serving as a core material, and layers containing adhesive components disposed on both sides of the aforementioned sheet.
保護膜形成用複合片101在被移除剝離膜15之狀態下,晶圓的內面貼附於保護膜形成膜13的第1面13a,進而,治具用接著劑層16的第1面16a被貼附於環形框等治具來使用。With the protective film forming composite sheet 101 in the state of having the peeling film 15 removed, the inner surface of the wafer is attached to the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, and then the first surface 16a of the fixture bonding agent layer 16 is attached to a fixture such as a ring frame for use.
圖3係以示意方式表示本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片的另一例之剖視圖。此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片102除了在保護膜形成膜的形狀以及大小不同、治具用接著劑層非積層於保護膜形成膜的第1面而是積層於黏著劑層的第1面的方面以外,係與圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101相同。Figure 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another example of the protective film forming composite sheet of this embodiment. The protective film forming composite sheet 102 shown here is the same as the protective film forming composite sheet 101 shown in Figure 2, except that the shape and size of the protective film forming film are different, and the adhesive layer for the fixture is deposited on the first surface of the adhesive layer instead of on the first surface of the protective film forming film.
更具體而言,保護膜形成用複合片102之中,保護膜形成膜23係積層於黏著劑層12的第1面12a的一部分的區域(亦即黏著劑層12的寬度方向(圖3之左右方向)之中央側的區域)。進而,於黏著劑層12的第1面12a之中未積層保護膜形成膜23之區域,將保護膜形成膜23自寬度方向的外側以非接觸包圍的方式積層有治具用接著劑層16。並且,於保護膜形成膜23的黏著劑層12側之相反側的面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第1面」)23a與治具用接著劑層16的第1面16a積層有剝離膜15。於保護膜形成膜23的第1面23a之相反側的面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第2面」)23b設置有支撐片10。More specifically, in the protective film forming composite sheet 102, the protective film forming film 23 is deposited on a portion of the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 (that is, the central area of the adhesive layer 12 in the width direction (left-right direction in FIG. 3)). Furthermore, in the area of the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 where the protective film forming film 23 is not deposited, the adhesive layer 16 for jig is deposited from the outer side of the protective film forming film 23 in a non-contact manner. Furthermore, a release film 15 is laminated between the first surface 16a of the adhesive layer 12 of the protective film forming film 23 (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification) and the first surface 16a of the fixture adhesive layer 16. A support sheet 10 is provided on the second surface 23b of the protective film forming film 23 (sometimes referred to as the "second surface" in this specification).
圖4係以示意方式表示本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之又另一例之剖視圖。 此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片103除了不具備治具用接著劑層16的方面以外,係與圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片102相同。 Figure 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of the protective film forming composite sheet of this embodiment. The protective film forming composite sheet 103 shown here is identical to the protective film forming composite sheet 102 shown in Figure 3, except that it lacks the adhesive layer 16 for the jig.
圖5係以示意方式表示本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之又另一例之剖視圖。 此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片104除了替代支撐片10而改為具備支撐片20之構成的方面以外,係與圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101相同。 Figure 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of the protective film forming composite sheet of this embodiment. The protective film forming composite sheet 104 shown here is identical to the protective film forming composite sheet 101 shown in Figure 2, except that it replaces the support sheet 10 with a support sheet 20.
支撐片20係僅由基材11所構成。 亦即,保護膜形成用複合片104係基材11以及保護膜形成膜13於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成。 支撐片20的保護膜形成膜13側之面(第1面)20a係與基材11的第1面11a相同。 基材11係於至少該第1面11a之中具有黏著性。 The support sheet 20 is composed solely of the substrate 11. That is, the protective film forming composite sheet 104 is formed by laminating the substrate 11 and the protective film forming film 13 in the thickness direction of these layers. The side surface (first side) 20a of the protective film forming film 13 of the support sheet 20 is identical to the first side surface 11a of the substrate 11. The substrate 11 has adhesiveness at least within the first side surface 11a.
本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片不限定於圖2至圖5所示,亦可於不損及本發明功效之範圍內,於圖2至圖5所示者中變更或是刪除一部分構成,亦可進而追加其它構成於到目前為止所說明者。The protective film forming composite sheet of this embodiment is not limited to that shown in Figures 2 to 5. Without impairing the effectiveness of the invention, some components may be modified or deleted from those shown in Figures 2 to 5, and other components may be added to those described so far.
再來,對於構成支撐片之各層進而詳細的說明。Next, a detailed explanation of each layer that makes up the support sheet is provided.
○基材 前述基材為片狀或膜狀,作為前述基材的構成材料,例如可列舉各種樹脂。 作為前述樹脂,例如可列舉:低密度聚乙烯(LDPE;lowdensitypolyethylene)、直鏈低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE;linearlowdensitypolyethylene)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE;highdensitypolyethylene)等聚乙烯;聚丙烯、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、降冰片烯樹脂等聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴;乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、乙烯-降冰片烯共聚物等乙烯系共聚物(使用乙烯作為單體所獲得之共聚物);聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯共聚物等氯乙烯系樹脂(使用氯乙烯作為單體所獲得之樹脂);聚苯乙烯;聚環烯烴;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚間苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚-2,6-萘二羧酸乙二酯、全部構成單元具有芳香族環式基之全芳香族聚酯等聚酯;2種以上之前述聚酯之共聚物;聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚胺基甲酸酯;聚丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚醯亞胺;聚醯胺;聚碳酸脂;氟樹脂;聚縮醛;改質聚苯醚;聚苯硫醚;聚碸;聚醚酮等。 另外,作為前述樹脂,例如亦可列舉前述聚酯與前述聚酯以外的樹脂之混合物等聚合物合金。前述聚酯與前述聚酯以外的樹脂之聚合物合金較佳為聚酯以外的樹脂的量為相對較少量。 另外,作為前述樹脂,例如亦可列舉:至此為止所例示之前述樹脂之1種或2種以上交聯而成之交聯樹脂;使用至此為止所例示之前述樹脂之1種或2種以上之離子聚合物等改質樹脂。 ○ Substrate The aforementioned substrate is in sheet or film form. Examples of materials constituting the aforementioned substrate include various resins. Examples of such resins include: polyethylene such as low-density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high-density polyethylene (HDPE); polyolefins other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resins; and ethylene-based copolymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymer, and ethylene-norbornene copolymer. Copolymers (copolymers obtained using ethylene as a monomer); vinyl chloride resins (resins obtained using vinyl chloride as a monomer), such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymers; polystyrene; polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene isophthalate, polyethylene 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylate, and other fully aromatic polyesters whose constituent units all have aromatic cyclic groups; copolymers of two or more of the aforementioned polyesters; poly(meth)acrylates; polyurethane; polyurethane acrylates; polyimide; polyamide; polycarbonate; fluororesins; polyacetal; modified polyphenylene ether; polyphenylene sulfide; polyurethane; polyetherketone, etc. Furthermore, as the aforementioned resin, examples include polymer alloys such as mixtures of the aforementioned polyester and resins other than the aforementioned polyester. Preferably, in polymer alloys of the aforementioned polyester and resins other than the aforementioned polyester, the amount of resins other than the polyester is relatively small. Furthermore, as the aforementioned resin, examples include: crosslinked resins formed by crosslinking one or more of the aforementioned resins; modified resins using one or more of the aforementioned ionic polymers.
構成基材之樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些樹脂的組合及比率可任意選擇。The resin constituting the base material may be of only one type or of two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these resins can be arbitrarily selected.
基材亦可由1層(單層)所構成,亦可由2層以上之多層所構成。於基材由多層所構成之情形時,這些多層相互可相同亦可不同,這些多層的組合並無特別限定。The substrate can be composed of one layer (single layer) or multiple layers (two or more layers). When the substrate is composed of multiple layers, these multiple layers can be the same or different from each other, and there is no particular limitation on the combination of these multiple layers.
基材的厚度較佳為50μm至300μm,更佳為60μm至100μm。藉由基材的厚度為這種範圍,可更提高保護膜形成用複合片的可撓性、對晶圓之貼附適性。 此處,所謂「基材的厚度」,意指基材整體的厚度,例如所謂由多層所構成之基材的厚度,意指構成基材之全部層的合計的厚度。 The substrate thickness is preferably between 50 μm and 300 μm, more preferably between 60 μm and 100 μm. This thickness range improves the flexibility of the composite sheet used for forming the protective film and its adhesion to the wafer. Here, "substrate thickness" refers to the overall thickness of the substrate. For example, the thickness of a multi-layered substrate refers to the total thickness of all layers constituting the substrate.
基材除了前述樹脂等主要構成材料以外,亦可含有充填材料、著色劑、抗氧化劑、有機滑劑、觸媒、軟化劑(塑化劑)等公知的各種添加劑。In addition to the aforementioned main constituent materials such as resins, the substrate may also contain various known additives such as fillers, colorants, antioxidants, organic lubricants, catalysts, and plasticizers.
基材較佳為透明,亦可根據目的而著色,亦可蒸鍍其他層。 於保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性之本實施形態之中,基材較佳為使能量線穿透。 The substrate is preferably transparent, but it can also be colored depending on the purpose, and other layers can be vapor-deposited. In this embodiment where the protective film forms a film with energy line hardening properties, the substrate is preferably designed to allow energy lines to pass through.
基材為了調節相對於設置於基材上之層(例如黏著劑層、保護膜形成膜、或是前述其它層)之接著性,亦可於表面施加如下處理:噴砂處理、溶劑處理等之凹凸化處理;電暈放電處理、電子束照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧-紫外線照射處理、火炎處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等氧化處理;親油處理;親水處理等。另外,基材之表面亦可進行底塗處理。To adjust the adhesion of the substrate to layers disposed on it (such as adhesive layers, protective film forming films, or other aforementioned layers), the following treatments may be applied to the surface: roughening treatments such as sandblasting and solvent treatment; oxidation treatments such as corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone-ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, and hot air treatment; oleophilic treatment; and hydrophilic treatment. Additionally, a primer treatment may be applied to the surface of the substrate.
基材亦可藉由含有特定範圍的成分(例如樹脂等),而於至少一面具有黏著性。The substrate may also have adhesiveness on at least one side by containing a specific range of components (such as resin).
基材可利用公知的方法進行製造。例如,含有樹脂之基材可藉由將含有前述樹脂之樹脂組成物成形而進行製造。The substrate can be manufactured using known methods. For example, a resin-containing substrate can be manufactured by molding a resin composition containing the aforementioned resin.
○黏著劑層 前述黏著劑層為片狀或是膜狀,含有黏著劑。 作為前述黏著劑,例如可列舉:丙烯酸樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚乙烯醚、聚碳酸酯、酯系樹脂等黏著性樹脂。 ○ Adhesive Layer The aforementioned adhesive layer is in sheet or film form and contains an adhesive. Examples of the aforementioned adhesive include: acrylic resins, carbamate resins, rubber-based resins, polysiloxane resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, ester-based resins, and other adhesive resins.
本說明書之中,「黏著性樹脂」中包含具有黏著性之樹脂與具有接著性之樹脂兩者。例如前述黏著性樹脂中,不僅包含樹脂自身具有黏著性者,而且亦包含藉由與添加劑等其他成分併用而顯示黏著性之樹脂、或者藉由熱或水等觸發之存在而顯示接著性之樹脂等。In this manual, "adhesive resin" includes both adhesive resin and bonding resin. For example, the aforementioned adhesive resin includes not only resins that are adhesive in themselves, but also resins that exhibit adhesiveness when used in combination with other ingredients such as additives, or resins that exhibit bondingness when triggered by heat or water.
黏著劑層亦可由1層(單層)所構成,亦可由2層以上之多層所構成。於黏著劑層由多層所構成之情形時,這些多層相互可相同亦可不同,這些多層的組合並無特別限定。The adhesive layer can consist of a single layer or multiple layers, either two or more. When the adhesive layer consists of multiple layers, these layers can be the same or different from each other, and there are no particular restrictions on the combination of these layers.
黏著劑層的厚度並無特別限定,較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為1μm至60μm,尤佳為1μm至30μm。 此處,所謂「黏著劑層的厚度」,意指黏著劑層整體的厚度,例如所謂由多層所構成之黏著劑層的厚度,意指構成黏著劑層之全部層的合計的厚度。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 1 μm to 60 μm, and even more preferably 1 μm to 30 μm. Here, "thickness of the adhesive layer" refers to the overall thickness of the adhesive layer, such as the thickness of an adhesive layer composed of multiple layers, meaning the total thickness of all the layers constituting the adhesive layer.
黏著劑層較佳為透明,亦可根據目的而進行著色。 保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性之本實施形態之中,黏著劑層較佳係使能量線穿透。 The adhesive layer is preferably transparent, but can also be colored depending on the purpose. In this embodiment where the protective film forms a film with energy line hardening properties, the adhesive layer preferably allows energy lines to pass through.
黏著劑層亦可為能量線硬化性以及非能量線硬化性中任一種。能量線硬化性之黏著劑層係可調節硬化前以及硬化後之物性。例如在後述拾取具保護膜之晶片之前,藉由使能量線硬化性之黏著劑層硬化,可更容易拾取該具保護膜之晶片。The adhesive layer can be either line-hardened or non-line-hardened. The properties of the line-hardened adhesive layer can be adjusted before and after hardening. For example, by hardening the line-hardened adhesive layer before picking up the chip with the protective film, the chip with the protective film can be picked up more easily.
黏著劑層可使用含有黏著劑之黏著劑組成物來形成。例如藉由於黏著劑層的形成對象面塗敷黏著劑組成物,並視需要進行乾燥,可於目標部位形成黏著劑層。黏著劑組成物中的常溫下不會氣化之成分彼此的含量之比率通常與黏著劑層之前述成分彼此的含量之比率相同。An adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition containing an adhesive. For example, by applying an adhesive composition to the object surface to which the adhesive layer is to be formed and drying it as needed, an adhesive layer can be formed on the target area. The ratio of the non-vaporizing components in the adhesive composition to each other at room temperature is usually the same as the ratio of the aforementioned components in the adhesive layer.
黏著劑層之中,黏著劑層中1種或是2種以上的後述之含有成分的合計含量相對於黏著劑層的總質量之比率不超過100質量%。 同樣地,黏著劑組成物之中,黏著劑組成物中1種或是2種以上的後述之含有成分的合計含量相對於黏著劑組成物的總質量之比率不超過100質量%。 In the adhesive layer, the total content of one or more of the ingredients described below (described later) in the adhesive layer does not exceed 100% by mass relative to the total mass of the adhesive layer. Similarly, in the adhesive composition, the total content of one or more of the ingredients described below (described later) in the adhesive composition does not exceed 100% by mass relative to the total mass of the adhesive composition.
黏著劑組成物的塗敷以及乾燥,例如可藉由與上述之保護膜形成用組成物的塗敷以及乾燥之情形相同方法來進行。The application and drying of the adhesive composition can be carried out, for example, by the same method as the application and drying of the composition for forming the protective film described above.
於基材上設置黏著劑層之情形時,例如只要於基材上塗敷黏著劑組成物,並視需要進行乾燥即可。另外,亦可例如藉由於剝離膜上塗敷黏著劑組成物,並視需要乾燥,而於剝離膜上預先形成黏著劑層,藉由將該黏著劑層的露出面貼合於基材的一表面以於基材上積層黏著劑層。此種情形的剝離膜,只要在保護膜形成用複合片之製造過程或是使用過程中任一時機移除即可。When an adhesive layer is applied to a substrate, it can be done by simply applying an adhesive composition to the substrate and drying it as needed. Alternatively, an adhesive layer can be pre-formed on the release liner by applying an adhesive composition to the release liner and drying it as needed, and then depositing the adhesive layer on the substrate by attaching the exposed side of the adhesive layer to a surface of the substrate. In this case, the release liner can be removed at any time during the manufacturing process of the protective film forming composite sheet or during use.
黏著劑層為能量線硬化性之情形時,作為能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉:含有非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)(以下有時縮寫為「黏著性樹脂(I-1a)」)、能量線硬化性化合物之黏著劑組成物(I-1);含有於非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之側鏈導入不飽和基之能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)(以下有時縮寫為「黏著性樹脂(I-2a)」)之黏著劑組成物(I-2);含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)、能量線硬化性化合物之黏著劑組成物(I-3)等。When the adhesive layer is energy-line hardening, the following are examples of energy-line hardening adhesive compositions: an adhesive composition containing a non-energy-line hardening adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "adhesive resin (I-1a)") and an energy-line hardening compound (I-1); an adhesive composition containing an energy-line hardening adhesive resin (I-2a) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "adhesive resin (I-2a)") with unsaturated groups introduced into the side chains of the non-energy-line hardening adhesive resin (I-1a) (I-2); and an adhesive composition containing the aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy-line hardening compound (I-3), etc.
黏著劑層為非能量線硬化性之情形時,作為非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉含有前述非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之黏著劑組成物(I-4)等。When the adhesive layer is non-energy-line hardening, examples of non-energy-line hardening adhesive compositions include adhesive compositions (I-4) containing the aforementioned non-energy-line hardening adhesive resin (I-1a).
[非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] 前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)較佳為丙烯酸樹脂。 [Non-energy-line curing adhesive resin (I-1a)] The aforementioned adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
作為前述丙烯酸樹脂,例如可列舉至少具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的構成單元之丙烯酸聚合物。 作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可列舉構成烷基酯之烷基的碳數為1至20者,前述烷基較佳為直鏈狀或是分支鏈狀。 Examples of the aforementioned acrylic resins include, for example, acrylic polymers having at least one constituent unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate. Examples of the aforementioned alkyl (meth)acrylates include, for example, alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably linear or branched.
前述丙烯酸聚合物除了源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的構成單元以外,較佳係進而具有源自含官能基之單體的構成單元。 作為前述含官能基之單體,例如可列舉:藉由前述官能基與後述之交聯劑進行反應而成為交聯的起點、或前述官能基與後述之含不飽和基之化合物中的異氰酸酯基、縮水甘油基等官能基進行反應,而可於丙烯酸聚合物之側鏈導入不飽和基之單體。 In addition to the constituent units derived from (meth)acrylate alkyl esters, the aforementioned acrylic polymer preferably further comprises constituent units derived from functionalized monomers. Examples of such functionalized monomers include: monomers that introduce unsaturated groups into the side chains of the acrylic polymer by reacting the aforementioned functional groups with crosslinking agents described later, or by reacting the aforementioned functional groups with isocyanate groups, glycidyl groups, or other functional groups in compounds containing unsaturated groups described later.
作為前述含官能基之單體,例如可列舉:含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。Examples of functionalized monomers include, for example, monomers containing hydroxyl groups, monomers containing carboxyl groups, monomers containing amino groups, and monomers containing epoxy groups.
前述丙烯酸聚合物,除了源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的構成單元、以及源自含官能基之單體的構成單元以外,亦可進而具有源自其它單體的構成單元。 前述其它單體只要是可與(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等進行共聚者即可並無特別限定。 作為前述其它單體,例如可列舉:苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯甲苯、甲酸乙烯酯、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、丙烯醯胺等。 The aforementioned acrylic polymers, in addition to having constituent units derived from alkyl (meth)acrylates and those derived from functionalized monomers, may also have constituent units derived from other monomers. These other monomers are not particularly limited as long as they can copolymerize with alkyl (meth)acrylates, etc. Examples of these other monomers include: styrene, α-methylstyrene, ethylene-toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide, etc.
前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)、黏著劑組成物(I-2)、黏著劑組成物(I-3)以及黏著劑組成物(I-4)(以下包括這些黏著劑組成物,縮寫為「黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)」)之中,前述丙烯酸聚合物等前述丙烯酸樹脂所具有之構成單元可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些構成單元的組合及比率可任意選擇。In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1), adhesive composition (I-2), adhesive composition (I-3) and adhesive composition (I-4) (hereinafter including these adhesive compositions, abbreviated as "adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4)"), the aforementioned acrylic polymer and other acrylic resins may have only one type of constituent unit or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these constituent units can be arbitrarily selected.
前述丙烯酸聚合物之中,源自含官能基之單體的構成單元的量相對於構成單元的總量之比率較佳為1質量%至35質量%。In the aforementioned acrylic polymer, the ratio of the amount of the constituent unit derived from the functional group to the total amount of the constituent unit is preferably 1% to 35% by mass.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)或是黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-4) may contain only one type of adhesive resin (I-1a) or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these adhesive resins (I-1a) can be arbitrarily selected.
由黏著劑組成物(I-1)或是黏著劑組成物(I-4)所形成之黏著劑層之中,黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量相對於前述黏著劑層的總質量之比率較佳為5質量%至99質量%,例如亦可為25質量%至95質量%、45質量%至95質量%、以及65質量%至95質量%中任一者。In the adhesive layer formed by adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-4), the content of adhesive resin (I-1a) relative to the total mass of the aforementioned adhesive layer is preferably 5% to 99% by mass, for example, it can also be any one of 25% to 95% by mass, 45% to 95% by mass, and 65% to 95% by mass.
[能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)] 前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a),例如可使得黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基與具有能量線聚合性不飽和基之含有不飽和基之化合物進行反應而獲得。 [Energy Line Curing Adhesive Resin (I-2a)] The aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting the functional groups of the adhesive resin (I-1a) with a compound containing unsaturated groups that have energy line polymerizability unsaturated groups.
前述含有不飽和基之化合物為除了具有前述能量線聚合性不飽和基以外、進而具有可藉著與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基進行反應而可與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)鍵結之基之化合物。 作為前述能量線聚合性不飽和基,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基(次乙基)、烯丙基(2-丙烯基)等,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基。 作為可與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基鍵結之基,例如可列舉:可與羥基或是胺基鍵結之異氰酸酯基以及縮水甘油基、以及可與羧基或是環氧基鍵結之羥基以及胺基等。 The aforementioned compounds containing unsaturated groups are compounds that, in addition to possessing the aforementioned energy-line polymerizable unsaturated groups, further possess a group capable of bonding with the adhesive resin (I-1a) through reaction with functional groups in the adhesive resin (I-1a). Examples of the aforementioned energy-line polymerizable unsaturated groups include: (meth)acrylonitrile, vinyl(ethylene), allyl(2-propenyl), etc., with (meth)acrylonitrile being preferred. Examples of groups capable of bonding with functional groups in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include: isocyanate groups and glycidyl groups that can bond with hydroxyl or amino groups, and hydroxyl and amino groups that can bond with carboxyl or epoxy groups.
作為前述含有不飽和基之化合物,例如可列舉:異氰酸(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯醯異氰酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。Examples of compounds containing unsaturated groups include: methacryloxyethyl isocyanate, methacrylamide isocyanate, and glycidyl methacrylate.
黏著劑組成物(I-2)或是黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive composition (I-2) or adhesive composition (I-3) may contain only one type of adhesive resin (I-2a) or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these adhesive resins (I-2a) can be arbitrarily selected.
自黏著劑組成物(I-2)或是黏著劑組成物(I-3)所形成之黏著劑層之中,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量相對於前述黏著劑層的總質量之比率較佳為5質量%至99質量%。In the adhesive layer formed by the self-adhesive composition (I-2) or the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of adhesive resin (I-2a) relative to the total mass of the aforementioned adhesive layer is preferably 5% to 99% by mass.
[能量線硬化性化合物] 作為前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)或是黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物,可列舉如具有能量線聚合性不飽和基並可藉由照射能量線而硬化之單體或是低聚物。 [Energy Line Hardening Compounds] The energy line hardening compounds contained in the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-3) can include monomers or oligomers having energy line polymerizable unsaturated groups and capable of being hardened by irradiation with energy lines.
能量線硬化性化合物之中,作為單體,例如可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等多元(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 能量線硬化性化合物之中,作為低聚物,例如可列舉在上述所例示之單體的聚合物之低聚物等。 Among energy line-curing compounds, examples of monomers include: trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol (meth)acrylate, and other poly(meth)acrylates; methacrylate aminocarbamates; polyester (meth)acrylates; polyether (meth)acrylates; epoxy (meth)acrylates, etc. Among energy line-curing compounds, examples of oligomers include oligomers of polymers containing the monomers exemplified above.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)或是黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些能量線硬化性化合物的組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-3) may contain only one or more of the aforementioned energy line hardening compounds. In the case of two or more, the combination and ratio of these energy line hardening compounds may be arbitrarily selected.
自黏著劑組成物(I-1)或是黏著劑組成物(I-3)所形成之黏著劑層之中,前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量相對於前述黏著劑層的總質量之比率,較佳為1質量%至95質量%。In the adhesive layer formed by the self-adhesive composition (I-1) or the adhesive composition (I-3), the ratio of the content of the aforementioned energy line hardening compound to the total mass of the aforementioned adhesive layer is preferably 1% to 95% by mass.
[交聯劑] 作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a),當使用除了具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的構成單元以外進而具有源自含官能基之單體的構成單元之前述丙烯酸聚合物之情形時,黏著劑組成物(I-1)或是黏著劑組成物(I-4)較佳係進而含有交聯劑。 另外,作為黏著性樹脂(I-2a),例如使用與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中相同之具有源自含官能基之單體的構成單元之前述丙烯酸聚合物之情形時,黏著劑組成物(I-2)或是黏著劑組成物(I-3)亦可進而含有交聯劑。 [Crosslinking Agent] As an adhesive resin (I-1a), when using the aforementioned acrylic polymer that has constituent units derived from functional groups in addition to those derived from alkyl (meth)acrylates, adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-4) preferably contains a crosslinking agent. Furthermore, as an adhesive resin (I-2a), when using, for example, the aforementioned acrylic polymer with constituent units derived from functional groups, similar to those in adhesive resin (I-1a), adhesive composition (I-2) or adhesive composition (I-3) may also contain a crosslinking agent.
前述交聯劑例如與前述官能基進行反應,使黏著性樹脂(I-1a)彼此或是黏著性樹脂(I-2a)彼此交聯。 作為交聯劑,例如可列舉:甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、這些二異氰酸酯的加合物等異氰酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰酸酯基之交聯劑);乙二醇縮水甘油醚等環氧系交聯劑(具有縮水甘油基之交聯劑);六[1-(2-甲基)-氮丙啶基]三膦三嗪等氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑);鋁螯合物等金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑);異氰脲酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰脲酸骨架之交聯劑)等。 The aforementioned crosslinking agent, for example, reacts with the aforementioned functional groups to crosslink the adhesive resins (I-1a) with each other or the adhesive resins (I-2a) with each other. Examples of crosslinking agents include: isocyanate-based crosslinking agents such as toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, phenyl diisocyanate, and adducts of these diisocyanates (crosslinking agents with isocyanate groups); epoxy-based crosslinking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether (crosslinking agents with glycidyl groups); aziridine-based crosslinking agents such as hexa[1-(2-methyl)-aziridine]triphosphine triazine (crosslinking agents with aziridine groups); metal chelate-based crosslinking agents such as aluminum chelates (crosslinking agents with metal chelate structures); and isocyanurate-based crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents with an isocyanuric acid skeleton), etc.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之交聯劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些交聯劑的組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4) may contain only one type of crosslinking agent or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these crosslinking agents can be arbitrarily selected.
前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)或是黏著劑組成物(I-4)之中,交聯劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至50質量份,例如亦可為1質量份至40質量份、5質量份至35質量份、以及10質量份至30質量份中任一者。 前述黏著劑組成物(I-2)或是黏著劑組成物(I-3)之中,交聯劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至50質量份。 In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the crosslinking agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight, for example, it can also be any one of 1 to 40 parts by weight, 5 to 35 parts by weight, and 10 to 30 parts by weight. In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-2) or adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the crosslinking agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight.
[光聚合起始劑] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)、黏著劑組成物(I-2)以及黏著劑組成物(I-3)(以下包括這些黏著劑組成物,縮寫為「黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)」)亦可進而含有光聚合起始劑。含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3),即使照射紫外線等相對低能量之能量線,仍可充分地進行硬化反應。 [Photopolymerization Initiator] Adhesive components (I-1), (I-2), and (I-3) (hereinafter referred to as "Adhesive Components (I-1) to Adhesive Components (I-3)") may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. Adhesive components (I-1) to (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator can undergo sufficient curing reaction even when irradiated with relatively low-energy rays such as ultraviolet light.
作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉與上述之光聚合起始劑(c)相同者。As a photopolymerization initiator, examples of those identical to the aforementioned photopolymerization initiator (c) can be listed.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些光聚合起始劑的組合及比率可任意選擇。The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these photopolymerization initiators can be arbitrarily selected.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)之中,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。黏著劑組成物(I-2)之中,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。 黏著劑組成物(I-3)之中,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)以及前述能量線硬化性化合物的總含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。 In adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned energy line curing compound. In adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the adhesive resin (I-2a). In adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the total content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) and the aforementioned energy line curing compound.
[其它的添加劑] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)在不損及本發明之功效之範圍內,亦可含有不相當於上述中任一成分之其它的添加劑。 作為前述其它的添加劑,例如可列舉:抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、軟化劑(塑化劑)、充填材料(填料)、防鏽劑、著色劑(顏料、染料)、增感劑、黏著賦予劑、反應延遲劑、交聯促進劑(觸媒)等公知的添加劑。 此外,所謂反應延遲劑,例如係用以抑制因混入於黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)中之觸媒的作用,而造成保存中的黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)之中進行非目標之交聯反應的成分。作為反應延遲劑,例如可列舉藉由針對觸媒之螯合物來形成螯合物錯合物者,更具體而言,於1分子中具有2個以上的羰基(-C(=O)-)者。 [Other Additives] Adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-4) may also contain other additives, not equivalent to any of the above-mentioned components, to the extent that they do not impair the effectiveness of the invention. Examples of such other additives include, for example, antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers, rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, adhesive enhancers, reaction retarders, crosslinking accelerators (catalysts), and other known additives. Furthermore, a reaction retarder, for example, is a component used to inhibit the action of a catalyst mixed in adhesive components (I-1) to (I-4), thereby preventing unintended cross-linking reactions from occurring in the stored adhesive components (I-1) to (I-4). Examples of reaction retarders include those that form chelate complexes by targeting the catalyst; more specifically, those having two or more carbonyl groups (-C(=O)-) in one molecule.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之其它的添加劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些其它的添加劑的組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4) may contain only one or more other additives. In the case of two or more additives, the combination and ratio of these other additives may be arbitrarily selected.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)的其它的添加劑的含量並無特別限定,根據添加劑種類而適宜選擇即可。There are no particular limitations on the content of other additives in adhesive compositions (I-1) to adhesive compositions (I-4), and they can be selected appropriately according to the type of additive.
[溶媒] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)亦可含有溶媒。藉由黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)含有溶媒,可提高對塗敷對象面之塗敷適性。 [Soluble Material] Adhesive components (I-1) to (I-4) may also contain a solvent. By including a solvent in adhesive components (I-1) to (I-4), the application suitability to the target surface can be improved.
前述溶媒較佳為有機溶媒,作為前述有機溶媒,例如可列舉:甲基乙基酮、丙酮等酮;乙酸乙酯等酯(羧酸酯);四氫呋喃、二噁烷等醚;環己烷、正己烷等脂肪族烴;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴;1-丙醇、2-丙醇等醇等。The aforementioned solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of such organic solvents include: ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters (carboxylic acid esters) such as ethyl acetate; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane and n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; and alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之溶媒可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,這些溶媒的組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4) may contain only one type of solvent or two or more types of solvents. In the case of two or more types of solvents, the combination and ratio of these solvents may be arbitrarily selected.
黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)的溶媒的含量並無特別限定,只要適宜調節即可。There is no particular limitation on the content of solvent in adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4), as long as it is adjusted appropriately.
○黏著劑組成物的製造方法 黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)等黏著劑組成物,可藉由調配前述黏著劑、以及視需要所添加之前述黏著劑以外的成分等用以構成黏著劑組成物之各成分而獲得。 黏著劑組成物,除了例如調配成分的種類不同的方面以外,可以與前文所說明之保護膜形成用組成物之情形相同方法來製造。 Method for Manufacturing Adhesive Compositions Adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-4), etc., can be obtained by formulating the aforementioned adhesive and, as needed, adding other components besides the aforementioned adhesive to form the various components constituting the adhesive composition. The adhesive compositions, except for differences in the types of formulated components, can be manufactured using the same method as the protective film forming compositions described above.
◇保護膜形成用複合片的製造方法 前述保護膜形成用複合片可藉由成為對應上述之各層之位置關係的方式進行積層,並視需要調節一部分或是全部層的形狀來製造。各層的形成方法係如前文所說明。 ◇Manufacturing Method of Composite Sheet for Protective Film Formation The aforementioned composite sheet for protective film formation can be manufactured by laminating layers in a manner corresponding to the positional relationships of the aforementioned layers, and by adjusting the shape of some or all of the layers as needed. The formation method of each layer is as described above.
例如在製造支撐片時,於基材上積層黏著劑層之情形時,只要於基材上塗敷上述之黏著劑組成物,並視需要進行乾燥即可。 另外,即使是藉由於剝離膜上塗敷黏著劑組成物,並視需要乾燥,於剝離膜上預先形成黏著劑層,將該黏著劑層的露出面貼合於基材的一表面之方法,亦可於基材上積層黏著劑層。此時,黏著劑組成物較佳係塗敷於剝離膜的剝離處理面。 至此為止,列舉了於基材上積層黏著劑層之情形之例,然上述之方法亦可適用在例如於基材上積層黏著劑層以外的其它層之情形時。 For example, when manufacturing support sheets, if an adhesive layer is deposited on a substrate, simply apply the aforementioned adhesive composition to the substrate and dry it as needed. Alternatively, even if the adhesive layer is pre-formed on the release liner by applying the adhesive composition to the release liner and drying it as needed, and then attaching the exposed surface of the adhesive layer to a surface of the substrate, the adhesive layer can still be deposited on the substrate. In this case, it is preferable to apply the adhesive composition to the release treatment surface of the release liner. So far, examples have been given of adhesive layers deposited on a substrate. However, the method described above can also be applied to cases where layers other than adhesive layers are deposited on the substrate.
另一方面,例如於已積層於基材上的黏著劑層之上,進而積層保護膜形成膜之情形時,可於黏著劑層上塗敷保護膜形成用組成物,直接形成保護膜形成膜。保護膜形成膜以外的層亦可使用用以形成該層之組成物,並以相同的方法於黏著劑層之上積層該層。如此,於已積層於基材上之任一層(以下縮寫為「第1層」)上形成新的層(以下縮寫為「第2層」),來形成連續之2層的積層結構(換言之為第1層以及第2層的積層結構)之情形時,可適用如下之方法:於前述第1層上塗敷用以形成前述第2層之組成物,並視需要進行乾燥。 其中,第2層較佳係藉由使用用以形成第2層之組成物而預先形成於剝離膜上,將此已形成的第2層之中接觸於前述剝離膜之側之相反側的露出面貼合於第1層的露出面,而形成連續之2層的積層結構。此時,前述組成物較佳係塗敷於剝離膜的剝離處理面。剝離膜係在形成積層結構後視需要移除即可。 此處,雖然列舉了於黏著劑層上積層保護膜形成膜之情形為例,但例如於黏著劑層上積層保護膜形成膜以外的層(膜)之情形等,可任意選擇作為對象之積層結構。 On the other hand, when a protective film is to be deposited on an adhesive layer already deposited on a substrate, a protective film forming component can be applied to the adhesive layer to directly form the protective film forming film. Layers other than the protective film forming film can also be formed using the same component and deposited on the adhesive layer in the same manner. Thus, when a new layer (hereinafter referred to as "the second layer") is formed on any layer already deposited on the substrate (hereinafter referred to as "the first layer") to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure (in other words, a laminated structure of the first and second layers), the following method can be applied: The composition used to form the second layer is applied to the aforementioned first layer, and dried as necessary. Preferably, the second layer is pre-formed on the release membrane using a composition for forming the second layer. The exposed surface of this pre-formed second layer, opposite to the side contacting the release membrane, is then adhered to the exposed surface of the first layer, forming a continuous two-layer laminated structure. Preferably, the aforementioned composition is applied to the release treatment surface of the release membrane. The release membrane can be removed as needed after the laminated structure is formed. Here, although the example given is of a protective film formed by laminating a protective film on an adhesive layer, any laminated structure can be chosen, such as when a layer (film) other than the protective film is formed on the adhesive layer.
如此,由於構成保護膜形成用複合片之基材以外的層皆能以預先形成於剝離膜上再貼合於目標層的表面之方法進行積層,故只要視需要適宜選擇採用這種步驟之層,來製造保護膜形成用複合片即可。Thus, since all layers other than the substrate constituting the composite sheet for forming the protective film can be deposited by pre-forming them on the release film and then bonding them to the surface of the target layer, the composite sheet for forming the protective film can be manufactured by simply selecting the appropriate layers to use as needed.
此外,保護膜形成用複合片通常係於與該支撐片相反側的最表層(例如保護膜形成膜)的表面貼合有剝離膜之狀態來保存。因此,於該剝離膜(較佳為剝離膜之剝離處理面)上塗敷保護膜形成用組成物等用以形成構成最表層之層之組成物,並視需要進行乾燥,於剝離膜上預先形成構成最表層之層,於該層的與剝離膜接觸之側之相反側的露出面上,以上述之任一方法積層剩餘的各層,不移除剝離膜而保持貼合之狀態,藉此獲得具剝離膜之保護膜形成用複合片。In addition, the protective film forming composite sheet is usually preserved with a release film attached to the outermost surface (e.g., the protective film forming film) on the opposite side of the support sheet. Therefore, a protective film forming component or other component used to form the outermost layer is applied to the release membrane (preferably the release treatment surface of the release membrane), and dried as needed. The outermost layer is pre-formed on the release membrane. On the exposed surface of the layer opposite to the side in contact with the release membrane, the remaining layers are deposited using any of the methods described above. The release membrane is not removed, and the membrane remains adhered, thereby obtaining a protective film forming composite sheet with a release membrane.
◇具保護膜之晶片的製造方法(保護膜形成膜以及保護膜形成用複合片的使用方法) 前述保護膜形成膜以及保護膜形成用複合可用於製造前述具保護膜之晶片。 亦即,本發明之一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法,係用以製造具備晶片、設置於前述晶片的內面之保護膜之具保護膜之晶片;具有如下步驟:藉由於晶圓的內面貼附上述之本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成膜,以製作前述保護膜形成膜以及晶圓於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之第1積層膜;或是藉由於晶圓的內面貼附上述之本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中的前述保護膜形成膜,以製作前述支撐片、保護膜形成膜以及晶圓依序於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之第1積層複合片之步驟(本說明書之中有時稱為「貼附步驟」);藉由使前述第1積層膜中或是第1積層複合片中的前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化而形成前述保護膜,以製作前述保護膜以及晶圓於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之第2積層膜;或是製作前述支撐片、保護膜以及晶圓依序於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之第2積層複合片之步驟(本說明書之中,有時稱為「硬化步驟」);在於前述第2積層膜的前述保護膜側設置有切割片之狀態下,藉由分割前述第2積層膜中的前述晶圓,切斷前述保護膜,以製作多個前述具保護膜之晶片被固定在前述切割片上而構成之第3積層膜;或是藉由分割前述第2積層複合片中的前述晶圓,切斷前述保護膜,以製作多個前述具保護膜之晶片被固定在前述支撐片上而構成之第3積層複合片之步驟(本說明書之中,有時稱為「分割步驟」);將前述第3積層膜中的前述具保護膜之晶片自前述切割片扯離、或是藉由將前述第3積層複合片中的前述具保護膜之晶片自前述支撐片扯離而進行拾取之步驟(本說明書之中,有時稱為「拾取步驟」)。 ◇Method for Manufacturing a Wafer with a Protective Film (Method for Using a Protective Film Forming Film and a Composite for Protective Film Formation) The aforementioned protective film forming film and composite for protective film formation can be used to manufacture the aforementioned wafer with a protective film. That is, one embodiment of the present invention's method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film is used to manufacture a wafer having a protective film and a protective film disposed on the inner surface of the wafer; it includes the following steps: by attaching the aforementioned protective film forming film of one embodiment of the present invention to the inner surface of the wafer, a first laminated film is formed by stacking the aforementioned protective film forming film and the wafer in the thickness direction of these layers; or by attaching the aforementioned protective film forming film of one embodiment of the present invention to the inner surface of the wafer. The step of forming a first laminated composite film by sequentially stacking the aforementioned support sheet, protective film forming film, and wafer in the thickness direction of these layers using the aforementioned protective film forming film in the composite film (sometimes referred to as the "attachment step" in this specification); forming the aforementioned protective film by energy line hardening the aforementioned first laminated film or the aforementioned protective film forming film in the first laminated composite film to form the aforementioned protective film, and stacking the aforementioned protective film and wafer in the thickness direction of these layers to form the second laminated film; or forming... The step of sequentially stacking the aforementioned support layer, protective film, and wafer in the thickness direction of these layers to form a second laminated composite film (sometimes referred to as the "hardening step" in this specification); with a dicing blade provided on the protective film side of the aforementioned second laminated film, the aforementioned wafer in the aforementioned second laminated film is diced to cut the aforementioned protective film, thereby producing a third laminated film in which multiple aforementioned wafers with protective films are fixed on the aforementioned dicing blade; or by dicing the aforementioned second laminated composite film... The steps involved in creating a third laminated composite wafer by cutting the protective film off the aforementioned wafer to fabricate multiple protective film-bearing wafers fixed onto the aforementioned support sheet (sometimes referred to as the "dicing step" in this specification); and the steps involved in picking up the protective film-bearing wafers from the aforementioned dicing wafer in the third laminated composite wafer, either by detaching them from the aforementioned support sheet (sometimes referred to as the "pickup step" in this specification).
以下參照圖式,依序說明關於對於晶圓的內面貼附未構成保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成膜之情形時的具保護膜之晶片的製造方法(本說明書之中,有時稱為「製造方法1」)、以及對於晶圓的內面貼附保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成膜之情形時的具保護膜之晶片的製造方法(本說明書之中,有時稱為「製造方法2」)。The following describes, with reference to the figures, a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film when a protective film forming film that does not constitute a protective film forming composite is attached to the inner surface of the wafer (sometimes referred to as "manufacturing method 1" in this specification), and a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film when a protective film forming film in a protective film forming composite is attached to the inner surface of the wafer (sometimes referred to as "manufacturing method 2" in this specification).
[製造方法1] 圖6係用以示意方式說明製造方法1之剖視圖。此處,舉例如使用圖1所示之保護膜形成膜13之情形,對於製造方法1進行說明。 製造方法1的前述貼附步驟之中,如圖6(a)所示,藉由於晶圓9的內面9b貼附上述之保護膜形成膜13,以製作保護膜形成膜13以及晶圓9於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之第1積層膜601。於晶圓9的內面9b貼附有保護膜形成膜13的第1面13a。於保護膜形成膜13的第2面13b設置有第2剝離膜152。 此處,表示自如圖1所示之自保護膜形成膜13移除第1剝離膜151,將保護膜形成膜13的第1面13a貼附於晶圓9的內面9b之情形,但亦可自如圖1所示之保護膜形成膜13移除第2剝離膜152,而將保護膜形成膜13的第2面13b貼附於晶圓9的內面9b。 [Manufacturing Method 1] Figure 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating Manufacturing Method 1. Here, Manufacturing Method 1 will be explained using, for example, the protective film forming film 13 shown in Figure 1. In the aforementioned attachment step of Manufacturing Method 1, as shown in Figure 6(a), the protective film forming film 13 is attached to the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 to create a first laminated film 601 formed by stacking the protective film forming film 13 and the wafer 9 in the thickness direction of these layers. The first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 is attached to the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9. A second release film 152 is provided on the second surface 13b of the protective film forming film 13. This indicates the case where the first peel film 151 is removed from the protective film forming film 13 as shown in Figure 1, and the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 is attached to the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9. However, it is also possible to remove the second peel film 152 from the protective film forming film 13 as shown in Figure 1, and attach the second surface 13b of the protective film forming film 13 to the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9.
對晶圓9貼附保護膜形成膜13可以公知的方法來進行。例如保護膜形成膜13亦可一邊加熱一邊貼附至晶圓9。The protective film 13 can be applied to the wafer 9 using known methods. For example, the protective film 13 can also be applied to the wafer 9 while being heated.
然後,製造方法1的前述硬化步驟之中,藉由使第1積層膜601中的保護膜形成膜13進行能量線硬化而形成保護膜13’,如圖6(b)所示,製作保護膜13’以及晶圓9於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之第2積層膜602。符號13a’係表示保護膜13’之中曾為保護膜形成膜13的第1面13a之面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第1面」)。符號13b’係表示保護膜13’之中曾為保護膜形成膜13的第2面13b之面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第2面」)。Then, in the aforementioned curing step of manufacturing method 1, a protective film 13' is formed by energy line curing of the protective film forming film 13 in the first laminated film 601, as shown in FIG. 6(b). A second laminated film 602 is formed by laminating the protective film 13' and the wafer 9 in the thickness direction of these layers. The symbol 13a' indicates the surface of the protective film 13' that was once the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 (sometimes referred to as "first surface" in this specification). The symbol 13b' indicates the surface of the protective film 13' that was once the second surface 13b of the protective film forming film 13 (sometimes referred to as "second surface" in this specification).
前述硬化步驟之中,藉由自第1積層膜601的保護膜形成膜13側的外部,越過第2剝離膜152(穿透第2剝離膜152) 來對於保護膜形成膜13照射能量線,以形成保護膜13’。 前述硬化步驟之中,亦可藉由自第1積層膜601中的保護膜形成膜13移除第2剝離膜152,使保護膜形成膜13的第2面13b露出後,對於保護膜形成膜13照射能量線,以形成保護膜13’。 In the aforementioned curing step, a protective film 13' is formed by irradiating the protective film forming film 13 from the outside of the protective film forming film 13 side of the first laminated film 601, passing through the second peeling film 152. Alternatively, in the aforementioned curing step, the second peeling film 152 can be removed from the protective film forming film 13 in the first laminated film 601, exposing the second surface 13b of the protective film forming film 13, and then irradiating the protective film forming film 13 with energy rays.
前述硬化步驟中之能量線的照射條件,係如前文所說明。The irradiation conditions of the energy lines in the aforementioned hardening step are as described above.
亦可對於圖6(a)所示之保護膜形成膜13,越過第2剝離膜152(穿透第2剝離膜152)以雷射照射而進行雷射標記,或是亦可對於圖6(b)所示之保護膜13’,越過第2剝離膜152(穿透第2剝離膜152)以雷射照射而進行雷射標記。Alternatively, the protective film 13 shown in FIG6(a) can be laser-marked by laser irradiation across the second peeling membrane 152 (penetrating the second peeling membrane 152), or the protective film 13' shown in FIG6(b) can be laser-marked by laser irradiation across the second peeling membrane 152 (penetrating the second peeling membrane 152).
然後,製造方法1的前述分割步驟之中,首先自第2積層膜602中的保護膜13’移除第2剝離膜152。並且,將如圖6(c)所示之切割片8其中一面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第1面」)8a貼附於因此新露出之保護膜13’的第2面13b’。 此處所示之切割片8之構成係具備:基材81、設置於基材81其中一面81a上之黏著劑層82;切割片8中的黏著劑層82貼附於保護膜13’。黏著劑層82的保護膜13’側之面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第1面」)82a係與切割片8的第1面8a相同。 Then, in the aforementioned segmentation step of manufacturing method 1, the second peel-off film 152 is first removed from the protective film 13' in the second laminated film 602. Furthermore, one side (sometimes referred to as the "first side") 8a of the cutting disc 8 shown in FIG. 6(c) is attached to the second side 13b' of the newly exposed protective film 13'. The cutting disc 8 shown here comprises: a substrate 81, and an adhesive layer 82 disposed on one side 81a of the substrate 81; the adhesive layer 82 of the cutting disc 8 is attached to the protective film 13'. The side of the adhesive layer 82 facing the protective film 13' (sometimes referred to as the "first side") 82a is identical to the first side 8a of the cutting disc 8.
切割片8亦可為公知之切割片。例如基材81亦可與上述之保護膜形成用複合片中的基材相同,黏著劑層82亦可與上述之保護膜形成用複合片中的黏著劑層相同。The cutting disc 8 can also be a known cutting disc. For example, the substrate 81 can also be the same as the substrate in the composite sheet for forming the protective film described above, and the adhesive layer 82 can also be the same as the adhesive layer in the composite sheet for forming the protective film described above.
此處,表示關於使用具備基材81與黏著劑層82之切割片8之情形,前述分割步驟之中,作為切割片亦可使用這些以外者,例如僅由基材所構成之切割片。Here, it is indicated that in the case of using a cutting disc 8 having a substrate 81 and an adhesive layer 82, other types of cutting discs, such as those made solely of a substrate, can also be used in the aforementioned slitting step.
然後,前述分割步驟之中,如圖6(d)所示,在於第2積層膜602的保護膜13’側設置有切割片8之狀態下,分割第2積層膜602中的晶圓9,切斷保護膜13’。晶圓9藉由分割而進行單片化,成為多個晶片90。Then, in the aforementioned slicing step, as shown in Figure 6(d), with the dicing blade 8 disposed on the protective film 13' side of the second laminated film 602, the wafer 9 in the second laminated film 602 is sliced, and the protective film 13' is cut off. The wafer 9 is monolithized by slicing, becoming multiple chips 90.
晶圓9的分割以及保護膜13’的切斷可以公知的方法來進行即可。例如可藉由刀片切割、雷射照射之雷射切割、或是噴附含有研磨劑之水之水力切割等各切割,以連續地進行晶圓9的分割、以及保護膜13’的切斷。 保護膜13’無論切斷方法為何,係沿著晶片90的外周被切斷。 The dicing of wafer 9 and the cutting of the protective film 13' can be performed using known methods. For example, various cutting methods can be used, such as blade cutting, laser cutting, or water jet cutting with water containing abrasive, to continuously dice wafer 9 and cut the protective film 13'. Regardless of the cutting method, the protective film 13' is cut along the outer periphery of the wafer 90.
如此,藉由分割晶圓9且切斷保護膜13’,可獲得具備晶片90、設置於晶片90的內面90b之切斷後的保護膜(本說明書之中,有稱簡稱為「保護膜」)130’之多個具保護膜之晶片901。符號130b’係表示切斷後的保護膜130’之中曾為保護膜13’的第2面13b’之面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第2面」)。Thus, by slicing wafer 9 and cutting the protective film 13', multiple wafers 901 with protective films can be obtained, each having a wafer 90 and a protective film (referred to as "protective film" in this specification) 130' disposed on the inner surface 90b of the wafer 90. The symbol 130b' indicates the second surface 13b' of the protective film 130' that was once the protective film 13' (sometimes referred to as "second surface" in this specification).
製造方法1的前述分割步驟之中,藉由以上方式,以製作這些多個具保護膜之晶片901被固定於切割片8上而構成之第3積層膜603。In the aforementioned slitting step of manufacturing method 1, the third laminated film 603 is formed by fixing multiple protective film wafers 901 onto the dicing plate 8 in the above manner.
然後,製造方法1的前述拾取步驟之中,如圖6(e)所示,將第3積層膜603中的具保護膜之晶片901自切割片8扯離而進行拾取。 前述拾取步驟之中,在具保護膜之晶片901中的保護膜130’的第2面130b’與切割片8中的黏著劑層82的第1面82a之間產生剝離。 Then, in the aforementioned pick-up step of manufacturing method 1, as shown in FIG. 6(e), the wafer 901 with the protective film in the third laminated film 603 is picked up by peeling it off from the dicing die 8. In the aforementioned pick-up step, a peeling occurs between the second surface 130b' of the protective film 130' in the wafer 901 with the protective film and the first surface 82a of the adhesive layer 82 in the dicing die 8.
此處表示使用真空筒夾等扯離手段7,將具保護膜之晶片901於箭頭P方向進行扯離之情形。此外,此處省略扯離手段7的剖面表示。 具保護膜之晶片901可以公知的方法進行拾取。 This section illustrates the use of a vacuum clamp or similar detachment method 7 to detach the protective film-coated wafer 901 in the direction of arrow P. Furthermore, a cross-sectional view of the detachment method 7 is omitted here. The protective film-coated wafer 901 can be picked up using known methods.
黏著劑層82為能量線硬化性之情形時,較佳係於前述拾取步驟之中,藉由對於黏著劑層82照射能量線,使黏著劑層82進行硬化而形成硬化物(省略圖示)後,將具保護膜之晶片901自切割片8扯離。此種情形,前述拾取步驟之中,於具保護膜之晶片901中的保護膜130’與切割片8中的黏著劑層82的硬化物之間產生剝離。 此種情形,由於黏著劑層82的硬化物與保護膜130’之間的黏著力小於黏著劑層82與保護膜130’之間的黏著力,故可更容易地拾取具保護膜之晶片901。 When the adhesive layer 82 is energy-line hardened, it is preferable that, during the aforementioned pick-up step, the adhesive layer 82 is hardened by irradiating it with an energy line to form a hardened material (not shown), and then the wafer 901 with the protective film is peeled off from the dicing die 8. In this case, during the aforementioned pick-up step, peeling occurs between the protective film 130' in the wafer 901 and the hardened adhesive layer 82 in the dicing die 8. In this case, because the adhesive force between the hardened adhesive layer 82 and the protective film 130' is less than the adhesive force between the adhesive layer 82 and the protective film 130', the wafer 901 with the protective film can be picked up more easily.
前述拾取步驟中,對於黏著劑層82之能量線的照射條件亦可為例如與前述硬化步驟中對於保護膜形成膜13之能量線的照射條件相同。In the aforementioned pickup step, the irradiation conditions for the energy lines of the adhesive layer 82 can also be, for example, the same as the irradiation conditions for the energy lines of the protective film forming film 13 in the aforementioned curing step.
本說明書之中,能量線硬化性黏著劑層即使在進行能量線硬化之後,只要維持著基材與能量線硬化性黏著劑層的硬化物而成之積層結構,仍將該積層結構體稱為「切割片」。In this specification, even after the energy line curing adhesive layer has been cured, as long as the laminate structure formed by the hardened substrate and the energy line curing adhesive layer is maintained, the laminate structure is still referred to as a "cutting disc".
另一方面,當黏著劑層82為非能量線硬化性之情形時,直接自黏著劑層82扯離具保護膜之晶片901即可,由於黏著劑層82不需硬化,故可以精簡化之步驟來拾取具保護膜之晶片901。 黏著劑層82即使為能量線硬化性,藉由不使黏著劑層82硬化來拾取具保護膜之晶片901,可以精簡化之步驟來拾取具保護膜之晶片901。 On the other hand, when the adhesive layer 82 is not line-cured, the chip 901 with the protective film can be directly peeled off from the adhesive layer 82. Since the adhesive layer 82 does not need to be cured, the process for picking up the chip 901 with the protective film can be simplified. Even if the adhesive layer 82 is line-cured, picking up the chip 901 with the protective film without curing the adhesive layer 82 allows for a simplified process for picking up the chip 901 with the protective film.
前述拾取步驟之中,對於目標之所有具保護膜之晶片901進行這種具保護膜之晶片901的拾取。In the aforementioned picking step, this picking of the protective film-covered wafers 901 is performed on all the target wafers 901.
製造方法1之中,藉由進行至前述拾取步驟為止,可獲得目標之具保護膜之晶片901。In manufacturing method 1, by proceeding up to the aforementioned picking step, the target chip 901 with a protective film can be obtained.
製造方法1之中,由於使用上述之保護膜形成膜,故將具保護膜之晶片901構裝於電路基板時的回流步驟之中,保護膜的表面的滲出得到抑制。因此,雷射標記於保護膜之情形時,即使於回流步驟之後,亦可抑制雷射標記的劣化。In manufacturing method 1, since the protective film is formed using the aforementioned protective film, during the reflow step when the chip 901 with the protective film is mounted on the circuit substrate, the seepage of the protective film surface is suppressed. Therefore, when the laser marking is on the protective film, the deterioration of the laser marking can be suppressed even after the reflow step.
[製造方法2] 圖7係用以示意方式說明製造方法2之剖視圖。此處,舉例如使用圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101之情形,說明製造方法2。製造方法2的前述貼附步驟之中,如圖7(a)所示,藉由將保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13貼附於晶圓9的內面9b,以製作支撐片10、保護膜形成膜13以及晶圓9依序於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之第1積層複合片501。此種情形亦與製造方法1的情形相同,於晶圓9的內面9b貼附有保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13的第1面13a。 [Manufacturing Method 2] Figure 7 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating Manufacturing Method 2. Here, Manufacturing Method 2 is explained using, for example, the protective film forming composite sheet 101 shown in Figure 2. In the aforementioned attachment step of Manufacturing Method 2, as shown in Figure 7(a), the protective film forming film 13 of the protective film forming composite sheet 101 is attached to the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9 to create a first laminated composite sheet 501 formed by sequentially stacking the support sheet 10, the protective film forming film 13, and the wafer 9 in the thickness direction of these layers. This is also the same as in Manufacturing Method 1, where the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 of the protective film forming composite sheet 101 is attached to the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9.
對保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13貼附晶圓9時,可以公知的方法來進行。例如保護膜形成膜13亦可一邊加熱一邊貼附至晶圓9。When attaching the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite 101 to the wafer 9, it can be done by known methods. For example, the protective film forming film 13 can also be attached to the wafer 9 while being heated.
然後,製造方法2的前述硬化步驟之中,藉由使第1積層複合片501中的保護膜形成膜13進行能量線硬化而形成保護膜13’,如圖7(b)所示,以製作支撐片10、保護膜13’以及晶圓9依序於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之第2積層複合片502。Then, in the aforementioned hardening step of manufacturing method 2, a protective film 13' is formed by energy line hardening of the protective film forming film 13 in the first laminated composite 501, as shown in FIG7(b), to make a second laminated composite 502 composed of the support sheet 10, the protective film 13' and the wafer 9 sequentially laminated in the thickness direction of these layers.
前述硬化步驟之中,藉由自第1積層複合片501的支撐片10側的外部,越過支撐片10(穿透支撐片10)對於保護膜形成膜13照射能量線,以形成保護膜13’。In the aforementioned hardening step, an energy line is irradiated onto the protective film forming film 13 from the outside of the support sheet 10 side of the first laminated composite sheet 501, passing through the support sheet 10 (penetrating the support sheet 10), to form the protective film 13'.
前述硬化步驟,除了替代第1積層膜601而改為使用第1積層複合片501的方面以外,可以與製造方法1中硬化步驟之情形相同方法來進行。The aforementioned curing step, except for replacing the first laminated film 601 with the first laminated composite sheet 501, can be performed in the same manner as the curing step in manufacturing method 1.
前述硬化步驟所獲得之第2積層複合片502,具有與在製造方法1之分割步驟中之第2積層膜602與切割片8之積層物相同的構成。切割片8與支撐片10相同之情形時,第2積層複合片502與前述積層物相同。The second laminated composite sheet 502 obtained by the aforementioned curing step has the same structure as the second laminated film 602 and the laminate of the cutting sheet 8 in the slitting step of manufacturing method 1. When the cutting sheet 8 is the same as the support sheet 10, the second laminated composite sheet 502 is the same as the aforementioned laminate.
然後,製造方法2的前述分割步驟之中,如圖7(c)所示,分割第2積層複合片502中的晶圓9,切斷保護膜13’。晶圓9係藉由分割而單片化,成為多個晶片90。Then, in the aforementioned slitting step of manufacturing method 2, as shown in FIG7(c), the wafer 9 in the second stacked composite 502 is slitted and the protective film 13' is cut off. The wafer 9 is monolithized by slitting into multiple chips 90.
前述分割步驟,除了替代第2積層膜602與切割片8之積層物,而改為使用第2積層複合片502之方面以外,可以與製造方法1中分割步驟之情形相同方法來進行。 即使於製造方法2中,保護膜13’無論切斷方法為何,係沿著晶片90的外周進行切斷。 The aforementioned slitting step, except that it replaces the laminated material of the second laminated film 602 and the dicing wafer 8 with a second laminated composite wafer 502, can be performed in the same manner as the slitting step in manufacturing method 1. Even in manufacturing method 2, regardless of the slitting method, the protective film 13' is slid along the outer periphery of the wafer 90.
如此,藉由分割晶圓9並切斷保護膜13’,可獲得具備晶片90、設置於晶片90的內面90b之切斷後的保護膜130’之多個具保護膜之晶片901。 於製造方法2之前述分割步驟所獲得之這些具保護膜之晶片901,係與製造方法1中分割步驟所獲得之具保護膜之晶片901相同。 Thus, by dicing wafer 9 and cutting the protective film 13', multiple wafers 901 with protective films are obtained, each having a wafer 90 and a cut protective film 130' disposed on the inner surface 90b of the wafer 90. These wafers 901 with protective films obtained in the dicing step described above in manufacturing method 2 are the same as those wafers 901 with protective films obtained in the dicing step in manufacturing method 1.
亦可對於圖7(a)所示之保護膜形成膜13,越過支撐片10(穿透支撐片10)以雷射照射進行雷射標記,或是亦可對於圖7(b)所示之保護膜13’,越過支撐片10(穿透支撐片10)以雷射照射進行雷射標記。Alternatively, the protective film 13 shown in FIG7(a) can be laser-marked by laser irradiation through the support sheet 10 (penetrating the support sheet 10), or the protective film 13' shown in FIG7(b) can be laser-marked by laser irradiation through the support sheet 10 (penetrating the support sheet 10).
製造方法2的前述分割步驟之中,藉由以上方法,以製作這些多個具保護膜之晶片901固定在支撐片10上而構成之第3積層複合片503。 第3積層複合片503係具有與在製造方法1之分割步驟所獲得之第3積層膜603相同的構成。切割片8與支撐片10相同之情形時,第3積層複合片503係與第3積層膜603相同。 In the aforementioned dicing step of manufacturing method 2, the third laminated composite sheet 503, consisting of multiple protective film-bearing wafers 901 fixed on the support sheet 10, is fabricated using the above method. The third laminated composite sheet 503 has the same structure as the third laminated film 603 obtained in the dicing step of manufacturing method 1. When the dicing wafer 8 is identical to the support sheet 10, the third laminated composite sheet 503 is identical to the third laminated film 603.
然後,製造方法2的前述拾取步驟之中,如圖7(d)所示,將第3積層複合片503中的具保護膜之晶片901自支撐片10扯離而進行拾取。 前述拾取步驟之中,於具保護膜之晶片901中的保護膜130’的第2面130b’與支撐片10中的黏著劑層12的第1面12a之間產生剝離。 Then, in the aforementioned pick-up step of manufacturing method 2, as shown in FIG. 7(d), the wafer 901 with the protective film in the third laminated composite 503 is picked up by peeling it off from the support sheet 10. In the aforementioned pick-up step, a peeling occurs between the second surface 130b' of the protective film 130' in the wafer 901 with the protective film and the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 in the support sheet 10.
前述拾取步驟,除了替代第3積層膜603而改為使用第3積層複合片503之方面以外,可以與製造方法1之拾取步驟之情形相同方法來進行。The aforementioned pick-up step, except that the third laminated composite sheet 503 is used instead of the third laminated film 603, can be performed in the same manner as the pick-up step in manufacturing method 1.
例如黏著劑層12為能量線硬化性之情形時,較佳係於前述拾取步驟之中,藉由對於黏著劑層12照射能量線,使黏著劑層12硬化而形成硬化物(省略圖示)後,將具保護膜之晶片901自支撐片10扯離。此種情形中,前述拾取步驟之中,於具保護膜之晶片901中的保護膜130’與支撐片10中的黏著劑層12的硬化物之間產生剝離。 此種情形中,由於黏著劑層12的硬化物與保護膜130’之間的黏著力小於黏著劑層12與保護膜130’之間的黏著力,故可更容易拾取具保護膜之晶片901。 For example, when the adhesive layer 12 is energy-line hardened, it is preferable that, during the aforementioned pickup step, the adhesive layer 12 is hardened by irradiating it with an energy line to form a hardened material (not shown), and then the protective film-bearing wafer 901 is peeled off from the support sheet 10. In this case, during the aforementioned pickup step, a peeling occurs between the protective film 130' in the protective film-bearing wafer 901 and the hardened adhesive layer 12 in the support sheet 10. In this case, because the adhesive force between the hardened adhesive layer 12 and the protective film 130' is less than the adhesive force between the adhesive layer 12 and the protective film 130', the protective film-bearing wafer 901 can be picked up more easily.
另一方面,黏著劑層12為非能量線硬化性之情形時,可直接自黏著劑層12扯離具保護膜之晶片901,由於不需黏著劑層12的硬化,可以精簡化之步驟來拾取具保護膜之晶片901。 黏著劑層12即使為能量線硬化性,亦可不使黏著劑層12硬化而拾取具保護膜之晶片901,藉此以精簡化之步驟來拾取具保護膜之晶片901。 On the other hand, when the adhesive layer 12 is not line-cured, the chip 901 with the protective film can be directly peeled off from the adhesive layer 12. Since curing of the adhesive layer 12 is not required, the chip 901 with the protective film can be picked up using a simplified procedure. Even when the adhesive layer 12 is line-cured, the chip 901 with the protective film can be picked up without curing the adhesive layer 12, thereby simplifying the process.
製造方法2之中,藉由進行至前述拾取步驟,可獲得目標之具保護膜之晶片901。製造方法2所獲得之具保護膜之晶片901係與製造方法1所獲得之具保護膜之晶片901相同。In manufacturing method 2, by proceeding to the aforementioned picking step, the target chip 901 with a protective film can be obtained. The chip 901 with a protective film obtained by manufacturing method 2 is the same as the chip 901 with a protective film obtained by manufacturing method 1.
製造方法2之中,由於使用上述之保護膜形成用複合片,故將具保護膜之晶片901構裝於電路基板時的回流步驟之中,保護膜的表面的滲出得到抑制。因此,於保護膜進行雷射標記之情形時,即使在回流步驟之後,亦可抑制雷射標記的劣化。In manufacturing method 2, since the aforementioned protective film forming composite sheet is used, during the reflow step when the chip 901 with the protective film is mounted on the circuit substrate, the seepage of the protective film surface is suppressed. Therefore, when laser marking is performed on the protective film, the deterioration of the laser marking can be suppressed even after the reflow step.
至此為止,對於使用圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101之情形時的製造方法2進行說明,但製造方法2之中,亦可使用圖3至圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片102、保護膜形成用複合片103或是保護膜形成用複合片104等保護膜形成用複合片101以外的本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片。Up to this point, manufacturing method 2 has been described when using the protective film forming composite sheet 101 shown in FIG. 2. However, in manufacturing method 2, protective film forming composite sheets of this embodiment other than the protective film forming composite sheet 101, such as the protective film forming composite sheet 102, protective film forming composite sheet 103, or protective film forming composite sheet 104 shown in FIG. 3 to 5, can also be used.
◇基板裝置的製造方法(具保護膜之晶片的使用方法) 藉由上述的製造方法而獲得具保護膜之晶片之後,除了替代先前的具保護膜之晶片而改為使用該具保護膜之晶片的方面以外,可以與先前的基板裝置的製造方法相同方法來製造基板裝置。 ◇Method for Manufacturing a Substrate Device (Method for Using a Wafer with a Protective Film) After obtaining a wafer with a protective film using the above-described manufacturing method, the substrate device can be manufactured in the same manner as the previous substrate device manufacturing method, except that it replaces the previous wafer with a protective film and is used instead.
例如可列舉如下之基板裝置的製造方法:經過回流步驟(藉由使用搭載了鹵素加熱器之回流爐,來將搭載了使用前述保護膜形成膜所獲得之具保護膜之晶片而成之電路基板進行加熱而使具保護膜之晶片上的突狀電極熔解),強化突狀電極與電路基板上的連接焊墊之電性連接。For example, the following method of manufacturing a substrate device can be cited: through a reflow step (using a reflow oven equipped with a halogen heater to heat a circuit substrate on which a chip with a protective film obtained by forming the aforementioned protective film is mounted, thereby melting the protruding electrodes on the chip with the protective film), the electrical connection between the protruding electrodes and the bonding pads on the circuit substrate is strengthened.
本實施形態的基板裝置藉由使用上述之保護膜形成膜或是保護膜形成用複合片,回流步驟所致保護膜的表面的滲出得到抑制。因此,本實施形態的基板裝置在保護膜表面的設計性優異、且雷射標記的劣化得到抑制的方面而言,優於先前的基板裝置。 [實施例] The substrate apparatus of this embodiment, by using the aforementioned protective film forming film or protective film forming composite sheet, suppresses surface seepage of the protective film caused by the reflow step. Therefore, the substrate apparatus of this embodiment is superior to previous substrate apparatuses in terms of superior design of the protective film surface and suppression of laser marking degradation. [Example]
以下,藉由具體的實施例對本發明更詳細地進行說明。但是,本發明完全不受限於以下所示之實施例。The invention will now be described in more detail with reference to specific embodiments. However, the invention is not limited to the embodiments shown below.
[樹脂之製造原料] 本實施例以及比較例中縮寫之樹脂之製造原料的正式名稱係如下所示之。 BA:丙烯酸正丁酯 MA:丙烯酸甲酯 ACrMO:4-丙烯醯嗎福林 HEA:丙烯酸2-羥乙酯 2EHMA:甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯 [Raw Materials for Resin Manufacturing] The formal names of the raw materials for manufacturing the resins abbreviated in this embodiment and comparative examples are as follows: BA: n-Butyl acrylate MA: Methyl acrylate ACrMO: 4-Acryloylphosphonic acid HEA: 2-Hydroxyethyl acrylate 2EHMA: 2-Ethylhexyl methacrylate
[保護膜形成用組成物之製造原料] 用於製造保護膜形成用組成物之原料係如下所示。 [能量線硬化性成分(a)] (a)-1:胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯(KJ Chemicals公司製「Quickcure8100EA70」) (a)-2:ε-己內酯改質異氰脲酸三-(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯(新中村化學工業公司製「A-9300-1CL」,3官能紫外線硬化性化合物) [不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)] (b)-1:BA(33質量份)、MA(27質量份)、ACrMO(25質量份)以及HEA(15質量份)的共聚物之丙烯酸樹脂(重量平均分子量(700000)、玻璃轉移溫度2℃) (b)-2:MA(85質量份)以及HEA(15質量份)的共聚物之丙烯酸樹脂(重量平均分子量400000、玻璃轉移溫度6℃) [光聚合起始劑(c)] (c)-1:2-(二甲胺基)-1-(4-嗎福林苯基)-2-苄基-1-丁酮(BASF公司製「Omnirad(註冊商標)369」) (c)-2:2-羥基-1-(4-(4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基)苯基)-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮(BASF公司製「Omnirad(註冊商標)127D」) (c)-3:2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮(BASF公司製「Omnirad(註冊商標)1173」) (c)-4:1-羥基環己基-苯基酮(BASF公司製「Omnirad(註冊商標)184」) [無機充填材料(d)] (d)-1:二氧化矽填料(熔融石英填料、平均粒徑8μm) [著色劑(g)] (g)-1:將黑色顏料(酞菁系藍色色素(Pigment Blue 15:3)32質量份、異吲哚啉酮系黄色色素(Pigment Yellow 139)18質量份、蒽醌系紅色色素(Pigment Red 177)50質量份進行混合,以成為前述3種的色素的合計量/苯乙烯丙烯酸樹脂量=1/3(質量比)的方式經顏料化而獲得之顏料。) (g)-2:有機系黑色顏料(大日精化工業公司製「6377黑」) [通用添加劑(z)] (z)-1:羥苯基三嗪系紫外線吸收劑(BASF公司製「Tinuvin(註冊商標)479」) [Raw Materials for Manufacturing Protective Film Forming Components] The raw materials used to manufacture the protective film forming components are as follows: [Energy-curing component (a)] (a)-1: Carbamate acrylate (KJ Chemicals, "Quickcure 8100EA70") (a)-2: ε-caprolactone-modified tri-(2-acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., "A-9300-1CL", a 3-functional UV-curing compound) [Acrylic resin without energy-curing groups (b)] (b)-1: Acrylic resin of a copolymer of BA (33 parts by mass), MA (27 parts by mass), ACrMO (25 parts by mass), and HEA (15 parts by mass) (weight average molecular weight (700,000), glass transition temperature 2°C) (b)-2: Acrylic resin of a copolymer of MA (85 parts by weight) and HEA (15 parts by weight) (weight average molecular weight 400,000, glass transition temperature 6°C) [Photopolymerization Initiator (c)] (c)-1: 2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-mofolinphenyl)-2-benzyl-1-butanone (manufactured by BASF, "Omnirad (registered trademark) 369") (c)-2: 2-Hydroxyl-1-(4-(4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)benzyl)phenyl)-2-methylpropane-1-one (manufactured by BASF, "Omnirad (registered trademark) 127D") (c)-3: 2-Hydroxyl-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane-1-one (BASF Omnirad 1173) (c)-4: 1-Hydrocyclohexyl-phenylone (BASF Omnirad 184) [Inorganic Filler (d)] (d)-1: Silica filler (fused silica filler, average particle size 8 μm) [Colorant (g)] (g)-1: 32 parts by weight of black pigment (Pigment Blue 15:3), 18 parts by weight of isoindolinone yellow pigment (Pigment Yellow 139), and anthraquinone red pigment (Pigment Red) 177) 50 parts by weight are mixed to obtain a pigment by pigmentation in which the total amount of the three pigments / the amount of styrene-acrylic resin = 1/3 (mass ratio). (g)-2: Organic black pigment (Dainichi Seika Co., Ltd. "6377 Black") [General Additives (z)] (z)-1: Hydroxyphenyl triazine UV absorber (BASF Co., Ltd. "Tinuvin (registered trademark) 479")
[保護膜形成膜、保護膜形成用複合片以及具保護膜之晶片之製造] [實施例1] [保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1之製造] 將能量線硬化性成分(a)-1(10.1質量份)、能量線硬化性成分(a)-2(12.4質量份)、不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1(14.7質量份)、光聚合起始劑(c)-1(0.1質量份)、光聚合起始劑(c)-2(0.5質量份)、無機充填材料(d)-1(58.4質量份)、著色劑(g)-1(3質量份)以及通用添加劑(z)-1(0.8質量份)熔解或是分散於甲基乙基酮中,在23℃進行攪拌,藉此獲得溶媒以外的所有成分的合計濃度為45質量%之能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1。此外,此處所示之前述溶媒以外之成分之調配量所有皆是不含溶媒之目標物的調配量。 [Manufacturing of protective film forming film, composite film for protective film forming, and wafer with protective film] [Example 1] [Manufacturing of component (IV)-1 for protective film forming] The energy line curing component (a)-1 (10.1 parts by mass), the energy line curing component (a)-2 (12.4 parts by mass), the acrylic resin (b)-1 (14.7 parts by mass) without energy line curing groups, the photopolymerization initiator (c)-1 (0.1 parts by mass), the photopolymerization initiator (c)-2 (0.5 parts by mass), the inorganic filler (d)-1 (58.4 parts by mass), the colorant (g)-1 (3 parts by mass), and the general additive (z)-1 (0.8 parts by mass) are melted or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23°C to obtain an energy line curing protective film forming component (IV)-1 with a total concentration of 45% by mass of all components other than the solvent. Furthermore, all the amounts of components other than the solvent shown here are solvent-free target substances.
[保護膜形成膜之製造] 使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜之單面藉由聚矽氧處理進行了剝離處理之剝離膜(第2剝離膜,琳得科公司製「SP-PET382150」,厚度38μm),於剝離膜之前述剝離處理面塗敷上述所獲得之保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1,在100℃乾燥2分鐘,藉此製造厚度25μm的能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜。 [Manufacturing of Protective Film Forming Film] A single-sided release film (second release film, manufactured by Lintec Corporation, "SP-PET382150", 38μm thick) made of polyethylene terephthalate (PET) was subjected to a polysiloxane treatment. The protective film forming component (IV)-1 obtained above was applied to the release-treated side prior to the release film and dried at 100°C for 2 minutes, thereby manufacturing a 25μm thick energy line curing protective film forming film.
進而,藉由在所獲得之保護膜形成膜中不具備第2剝離膜之側的露出面,貼合剝離膜(第1剝離膜,琳得科公司製「SP-PET381031」、厚度38μm)的剝離處理面,以獲得具備保護膜形成膜、設置於前述保護膜形成膜其中一面之第1剝離膜、設置於前述保護膜形成膜的另一面之第2剝離膜而構成之具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜。Furthermore, by attaching the peeling treatment surface of the peeling membrane (first peeling membrane, manufactured by Lintec Corporation "SP-PET381031", thickness 38μm) to the exposed surface of the obtained protective film forming film that does not have the second peeling membrane, a protective film forming film with a peeling membrane is obtained, which consists of a protective film forming film, a first peeling membrane disposed on one side of the aforementioned protective film forming film, and a second peeling membrane disposed on the other side of the aforementioned protective film forming film.
[黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1之製造] 製備非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1,係含有丙烯酸樹脂(100質量份)、甲苯二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(TOYOCHEM公司製「BHS8515」)(作為交聯劑成分10.0質量份)、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(東曹公司製「Coronate HL」)(作為交聯劑成分7.5質量份),進而含有作為溶媒之甲基乙基酮。前述丙烯酸樹脂係將2EHMA(80質量份)以及HEA(20質量份)進行共聚而成之重量平均分子量600000的共聚物。 [Preparation of Adhesive Composition (I-4)-1] A non-energy-line curable adhesive composition (I-4)-1 was prepared, comprising acrylic resin (100 parts by weight), a toluene diisocyanate crosslinker (TOYOCHEM, "BHS8515") (10.0 parts by weight as a crosslinker), a hexamethylene diisocyanate crosslinker (Tosoh, "Coronate HL") (7.5 parts by weight as a crosslinker), and methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent. The aforementioned acrylic resin is a copolymer with a weight average molecular weight of 600,000, formed by copolymerizing 2EHMA (80 parts by weight) and HEA (20 parts by weight).
[支撐片之製造] 使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜之單面藉由聚矽氧處理進行了剝離處理之剝離膜(琳得科公司製「SP-PET381031」,厚度38μm),於剝離膜之前述剝離處理面塗敷上述所獲得之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1,在100℃加熱乾燥2分鐘,藉此形成厚度5μm的非能量線硬化性之黏著劑層。 然後,於該黏著劑層的露出面貼合作為基材之聚丙烯製膜(厚度80μm、無色),藉此製造基材、黏著劑層以及剝離膜依序於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之具剝離膜之支撐片。 [Manufacturing of Support Sheet] A release film (Lintec Corporation "SP-PET381031", 38μm thick) was prepared by polysiloxane treatment on one side of a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film. Before the release film, the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-4)-1 was applied to the release-treated side and dried at 100°C for 2 minutes, thereby forming a 5μm thick non-energy-line-curing adhesive layer. Then, a polypropylene film (80 μm thick, colorless) serving as the substrate is laminated onto the exposed surface of the adhesive layer, thereby creating a support sheet with a release membrane, formed by sequentially laminating the substrate, adhesive layer, and release membrane in the thickness direction of these layers.
[保護膜形成用複合片之製造] 自上述所獲得之支撐片移除剝離膜。另外,自上述所獲得之保護膜形成膜移除第2剝離膜。並且,藉由將移除上述之剝離膜所產生之黏著劑層的露出面貼合於移除上述之第2剝離膜所產生之保護膜形成膜的露出面,以製造基材、黏著劑層、保護膜形成膜以及第1剝離膜依序於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成之保護膜形成用複合片。 [Manufacturing of Composite Sheet for Protective Film Formation] The release film is removed from the support sheet obtained above. Furthermore, the second release film is removed from the protective film forming film obtained above. Then, by attaching the exposed surface of the adhesive layer resulting from the removal of the release film to the exposed surface of the protective film forming film resulting from the removal of the second release film, a composite sheet for protective film formation is manufactured, consisting of a substrate, an adhesive layer, a protective film forming film, and a first release film sequentially laminated in the thickness direction of these layers.
[具保護膜之晶片之製造] 上述所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片之中,自保護膜形成膜移除第1剝離膜。並且,使用帶貼合裝置(琳得科公司製「AdwillRAD-2700」),將該保護膜形成膜之新產生之露出面對於矽晶圓(厚度300μm)的♯2000磨削面,以貼附溫度70℃、貼附壓力0.3MPa、貼附速度0.3mm/s的條件下進行加熱層壓,使保護膜形成用複合片貼附於矽晶圓(貼附步驟)。藉由以上方式來製作第1積層複合片。 [Manufacturing of a Wafer with a Protective Film] In the protective film forming composite obtained above, the first peel film is removed from the protective film forming film. Then, using a bonding device (AdwillRAD-2700, Lyndeco), the newly exposed surface of the protective film forming film is placed against the ♯2000 grinding surface of a silicon wafer (300μm thick), and heated lamination is performed under conditions of a bonding temperature of 70°C, a bonding pressure of 0.3MPa, and a bonding speed of 0.3mm/s, so that the protective film forming composite is bonded to the silicon wafer (bonding step). The first laminated composite is manufactured in this manner.
然後,使用紫外線照射裝置(琳得科公司製「RAD2000m/8」),以照度200mW/cm 2、光量300mJ/cm 2的條件下經由前述基材以及黏著劑層對保護膜形成膜照射2次紫外線,藉此使保護膜形成膜硬化,以形成保護膜(硬化步驟)。藉由以上方式來製作第2積層複合片。 Then, using an ultraviolet irradiation device (LINDECO "RAD2000m/8"), the protective film is irradiated twice through the aforementioned substrate and adhesive layer under conditions of 200mW/ cm² illuminance and 300mJ/ cm² light intensity, thereby hardening the protective film to form a protective film (hardening step). The second laminated composite sheet is produced in this manner.
然後,第2積層複合片之中,藉由使用切割裝置(DISCO公司製「DFD6362」)進行刀片切割,將矽晶圓分割為大小為3mm×3mm的矽晶片,並將保護膜沿著矽晶片的外周進行切斷,以製作多個具保護膜之晶片(分割步驟)。藉由以上方式來製作多個具保護膜之矽晶片在支撐片上被固定而構成之第3積層複合片。這些具保護膜之矽晶片係每片在125℃乾燥24小時。Then, in the second laminated composite, the silicon wafer is diced into 3mm x 3mm silicon wafers using a dicing device (DISCO's "DFD6362"). The protective film is also cut along the outer periphery of the silicon wafers to create multiple wafers with protective films (dicing step). Multiple silicon wafers with protective films are then fixed onto a support sheet to form the third laminated composite. These silicon wafers with protective films are each dried at 125°C for 24 hours.
然後,藉由將前述第3積層複合片中的具保護膜之矽晶片自支撐片扯離而進行拾取(拾取步驟)。 藉由以上方式來獲得目標之具保護膜之晶片。 Then, the silicon wafer with the protective film in the aforementioned third laminated composite is picked up by peeling it from the support sheet (picking step). The target wafer with the protective film is obtained in this way.
[實施例2] [保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-2之製造] 除了替代不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1(14.7質量份)而改為使用不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-2(14.7質量份)的方面、替代光聚合起始劑(c)-1(0.1質量份)以及光聚合起始劑(c)-2(0.5質量份)而改為使用光聚合起始劑(c)-3(0.6質量份)的方面、以及替代著色劑(g)-1(3質量份)而改為使用著色劑(g)-2(3質量份)的方面以外,係以與實施例1中保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1之情形相同方法,來製造保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-2。 [Example 2] [Manufacturing of Protective Film Forming Component (IV)-2] Except for replacing acrylic resin (b)-1 (14.7 parts by mass) which lacks energy-curing groups with acrylic resin (b)-2 (14.7 parts by mass), replacing photopolymerization initiator (c)-1 (0.1 parts by mass) and photopolymerization initiator (c)-2 (0.5 parts by mass) with photopolymerization initiator (c)-3 (0.6 parts by mass), and replacing colorant (g)-1 (3 parts by mass) with colorant (g)-2 (3 parts by mass), protective film forming component (IV)-2 is manufactured by the same method as in Example 1.
[保護膜形成膜、保護膜形成用複合片以及具保護膜之晶片之製造] 除了替代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1而改為使用保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-2的方面以外,係以與實施例1之情形相同方法來製造保護膜形成膜。 並且,除了使用該保護膜形成膜的方面以外,係以實施例1之情形相同方法來製造保護膜形成用複合片以及具保護膜之晶片。 [Manufacturing of Protective Film Forming Film, Protective Film Forming Composite, and Wafer with Protective Film] Except for using Protective Film Forming Composition (IV)-2 instead of Protective Film Forming Composition (IV)-1, the protective film forming film is manufactured using the same method as in Embodiment 1. Furthermore, except for using the protective film forming film, the protective film forming composite and the wafer with protective film are manufactured using the same method as in Embodiment 1.
[實施例3] [保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-3之製造] 除了替代能量線硬化性成分(a)-2的調配量之12.4質量份而改為7.4質量份,且替代不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1的調配量之14.7質量份改為19.7質量份的方面以外,係以與實施例1中保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1之情形相同方法來製造保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-3。 [Example 3] [Manufacturing of Protective Film Forming Composition (IV)-3] Except for replacing 12.4 parts by mass of the energy-curing component (a)-2 with 7.4 parts by mass, and replacing 14.7 parts by mass of the acrylic resin (b)-1 (which does not have energy-curing groups) with 19.7 parts by mass, the protective film forming composition (IV)-3 is manufactured using the same method as that used for protective film forming composition (IV)-1 in Example 1.
[保護膜形成膜、保護膜形成用複合片以及具保護膜之晶片之製造] 除了替代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1而改為使用保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-3之方面以外,係以與實施例1之情形相同方法來製造保護膜形成膜。 並且,除了使用該保護膜形成膜之方面以外,係以與實施例1之情形相同方法來製造保護膜形成用複合片以及具保護膜之晶片。 [Manufacturing of Protective Film Forming Film, Protective Film Forming Composite, and Wafer with Protective Film] Except for using Protective Film Forming Composition (IV)-3 instead of Protective Film Forming Composition (IV)-1, the protective film forming film is manufactured using the same method as in Embodiment 1. Furthermore, except for using this protective film forming film, the protective film forming composite and the wafer with protective film are manufactured using the same method as in Embodiment 1.
[比較例1] [保護膜形成用組成物(X)-1之製造] 除了替代光聚合起始劑(c)-3(0.6質量份)而改為使用光聚合起始劑(c)-4(0.6質量份)之方面以外,係以與實施例1中保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1之情形相同方法來製造保護膜形成用組成物(X)-1。 [Comparative Example 1] [Manufacturing of Component (X)-1 for Protective Film Formation] Except for replacing photopolymerization initiator (c)-3 (0.6 parts by mass) with photopolymerization initiator (c)-4 (0.6 parts by mass), component (X)-1 for protective film formation is manufactured using the same method as component (IV)-1 for protective film formation in Example 1.
[保護膜形成膜、保護膜形成用複合片以及具保護膜之晶片之製造] 除了替代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1而改為使用保護膜形成用組成物(X)-1之方面以外,係以與實施例1之情形相同方法來製造保護膜形成膜。 並且,除了使用該保護膜形成膜之方面以外,係以與實施例1之情形相同方法來製造保護膜形成用複合片以及具保護膜之晶片。 [Manufacturing of Protective Film Forming Film, Protective Film Forming Composite, and Wafer with Protective Film] Except for using protective film forming composition (X)-1 instead of protective film forming composition (IV)-1, the protective film forming film is manufactured using the same method as in Embodiment 1. Furthermore, except for using this protective film forming film, the protective film forming composite and the wafer with protective film are manufactured using the same method as in Embodiment 1.
[比較例2] [保護膜形成用組成物(X)-2之製造] 除了替代光聚合起始劑(c)-3(0.6質量份)而改為使用光聚合起始劑(c)-2(0.6質量份)之方面以外,係以與實施例1中保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1之情形相同方法來製造保護膜形成用組成物(X)-2。 [Comparative Example 2] [Manufacturing of Component (X)-2 for Protective Film Formation] Except for replacing photopolymerization initiator (c)-3 (0.6 parts by mass) with photopolymerization initiator (c)-2 (0.6 parts by mass), component (X)-2 for protective film formation is manufactured using the same method as that used for component (IV)-1 for protective film formation in Example 1.
[保護膜形成膜、保護膜形成用複合片以及具保護膜之晶片之製造] 除了替代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1而改為使用保護膜形成用組成物(X)-2之方面以外,係以與實施例1之情形相同方法來製造保護膜形成膜。 並且,除了使用該保護膜形成膜之方面以外,係以與實施例1之情形相同方法來製造保護膜形成用複合片以及具保護膜之晶片。 [Manufacturing of Protective Film Forming Film, Protective Film Forming Composite, and Wafer with Protective Film] Except for using protective film forming composition (X)-2 instead of protective film forming composition (IV)-1, the protective film forming film is manufactured using the same method as in Embodiment 1. Furthermore, except for using this protective film forming film, the protective film forming composite and the wafer with protective film are manufactured using the same method as in Embodiment 1.
[比較例3] [保護膜形成用組成物(X)-3之製造] 除了不使用能量線硬化性成分(a)-1,並替代能量線硬化性成分(a)-2的調配量之12.4質量份而改為10.1質量份,替代不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1的調配量之14.7質量份改為27.1質量份之方面以外,係以與實施例1中保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1之情形相同方法來製造保護膜形成用組成物(X)-3。 [Comparative Example 3] [Manufacturing of Protective Film Forming Composition (X)-3] Except for omitting the use of the energy-curing component (a)-1, and replacing 12.4 parts by mass of the energy-curing component (a)-2 with 10.1 parts by mass, and replacing 14.7 parts by mass of the acrylic resin (b)-1 (which does not have energy-curing groups) with 27.1 parts by mass, the protective film forming composition (X)-3 is manufactured using the same method as that used for protective film forming composition (IV)-1 in Example 1.
[保護膜形成膜、保護膜形成用複合片以及具保護膜之晶片之製造] 除了替代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1而改為使用保護膜形成用組成物(X)-3之方面以外,係以與實施例1之情形相同方法來製造保護膜形成膜。 並且,除了使用該保護膜形成膜之方面以外,係以與實施例1之情形相同方法來製造保護膜形成用複合片以及具保護膜之晶片。 [Manufacturing of Protective Film Forming Film, Protective Film Forming Composite, and Wafer with Protective Film] Except for using protective film forming composition (X)-3 instead of protective film forming composition (IV)-1, the protective film forming film is manufactured using the same method as in Embodiment 1. Furthermore, except for using this protective film forming film, the protective film forming composite and the wafer with protective film are manufactured using the same method as in Embodiment 1.
[保護膜形成膜之評價] [保護膜形成膜的儲存彈性模數之測定] 於每個實施例以及比較例,使用上述所獲得之多片的具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜,一邊移除這些具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜的第1剝離膜或是第2剝離膜,一邊將保護膜形成膜的露出面彼此貼合,藉此製作多片的保護膜形成膜的積層物之試驗片(保護膜形成膜試驗片)(厚度200μm、前述拉伸模式之拉伸方向之長度30mm)。 然後,使用動態黏彈性自動測定裝置(A&D公司製「RHEOVIBRON DDV-01FP」),以拉伸法(拉伸模式)、夾頭間距離20mm、Amplitude(振幅)5μm、頻率11Hz、昇溫速度3℃/min、等速昇溫之測定條件下,在-10℃至140℃之溫度範圍內測定保護膜形成膜試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’。 [Evaluation of Protective Film Forming Membrane] [Determination of Storage Elastic Modulus of Protective Film Forming Membrane] In each embodiment and comparative example, using the multiple protective film forming membranes with peelable membranes obtained above, while removing the first or second peelable membrane of these protective film forming membranes, the exposed surfaces of the protective film forming membranes were bonded together to produce a test piece (protective film forming membrane test piece) of multiple protective film forming membrane stacks (thickness 200 μm, length in the stretching direction of the aforementioned stretching mode 30 mm). Then, using a dynamic viscoelasticity automatic measuring device (RHEOVIBRON DDV-01FP, A&D Corporation), the storage elastic modulus E’ of the protective film forming test sheet was measured within a temperature range of -10℃ to 140℃ under the following conditions: tensile method (tensile mode), clamp distance 20mm, amplitude 5μm, frequency 11Hz, heating rate 3℃/min, and constant heating.
[保護膜的儲存彈性模數之測定] 於每個實施例以及比較例,使用上述所獲得之多片的具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜,一邊移除這些具剝離膜之保護膜形成膜的第1剝離膜或是第2剝離膜,一邊將保護膜形成膜的露出面彼此貼合,藉此製作多片的保護膜形成膜的積層物(厚度50μm)。 然後,自積層物的兩面側分別使用紫外線照射裝置(琳得科公司製「RAD2000m/8」)以照度200mW/cm 2、光量300mJ/cm 2的條件下,對該積層物各照射2次波長365nm的紫外線,藉此使保護膜形成膜硬化而作成保護膜。藉由以上方式來獲得多片之保護膜之積層物之後,設寬度為5mm,以製作試驗片(保護膜試驗片)(厚度50μm)。 然後,使用動態機械分析裝置(TA Instruments公司製「DMAQ800」),以拉伸法(拉伸模式)、夾頭間距離20mm、Amplitude(振幅)5μm、頻率11Hz、昇溫速度3℃/min、等速昇溫之測定條件下,在0℃至300℃之溫度範圍內測定保護膜試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’。 [Determination of the storage elastic modulus of the protective film] In each embodiment and comparative example, using the multiple protective film forming films with peelable membranes obtained above, while removing the first or second peelable membrane of these protective film forming films with peelable membranes, the exposed surfaces of the protective film forming films are bonded together to produce a multi-layered protective film forming film (thickness 50 μm). Then, the laminate was irradiated twice with ultraviolet light at a wavelength of 365nm on both sides using an ultraviolet irradiation device (LINTEC Corporation "RAD2000m/8") under conditions of 200mW/ cm² illuminance and 300mJ/ cm² light intensity, thereby curing the protective film to form a protective film. After obtaining multiple laminates of protective film in the above manner, a test piece (protective film test piece) with a width of 5mm (thickness 50μm) was made. Then, using a dynamic mechanical analysis apparatus (TA Instruments "DMAQ800"), the storage elastic modulus E' of the protective film test piece was determined within a temperature range of 0°C to 300°C under the following conditions: tensile method (tensile mode), clamp distance 20 mm, amplitude 5 μm, frequency 11 Hz, heating rate 3°C/min, and constant heating.
[130℃、2h加熱處理後的重量減少率ΔW 1(%)之測定] 關於實施例1至實施例3以及比較例1至比較例3的保護膜形成膜,使用島津製作所公司製TG/DTA同步測定裝置DTG-60,將約10mg的試驗片以昇溫速度10℃/min自25℃昇溫至130℃,進而在130℃加熱2小時。由加熱前的保護膜形成膜的重量(W 0)與加熱後的保護膜形成膜的重量(W 1),藉由下式(1)來求出重量減少率(ΔW 1)(重量%)。結果如表1以及表2所示。 ΔW 1=(W 0-W 1)/W 0×100・・・(1) [Determination of weight reduction rate ΔW1 (%) after heating at 130°C for 2 hours] For the protective film formed in Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, a Shimadzu DTG-60 TG/DTA simultaneous measuring device was used. Approximately 10 mg of test tablets were heated from 25°C to 130°C at a heating rate of 10°C/min, and then heated at 130°C for 2 hours. The weight reduction rate ( ΔW1 ) (weight %) was calculated from the weight of the protective film formed before heating (W0) and the weight of the protective film formed after heating ( W1 ) using the following formula ( 1 ). The results are shown in Tables 1 and 2. ΔW1 = ( W0 - W1 ) / W0 × 100... (1)
[紫外線照射2次後的重量減少率ΔW 2(%)之測定] 關於實施例1至實施例3以及比較例1至比較例3的保護膜形成膜,使用琳得科公司製UV照射裝置RAD2000,以照度200mW/cm 2、光量300mJ/cm 2的條件下,對150mm×150mm的試驗片各照射2次紫外線。由紫外線照射前的保護膜形成膜的重量(W 0)以及紫外線照射後的保護膜形成膜的重量(W 2),藉由下式(2)來求出重量減少率(ΔW 2)(重量%)。結果如表1以及表2所示。 ΔW 2=(W 0-W 2)/W 0×100・・・(2) [Determination of weight reduction rate ΔW2 (%) after two UV irradiations] For the protective film forming films of Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, a RAD2000 UV irradiation device manufactured by Lintec Corporation was used to irradiate 150mm×150mm test pieces twice under the conditions of illuminance of 200mW/ cm2 and light intensity of 300mJ/ cm2 . The weight reduction rate (ΔW2) (weight %) was calculated from the weight of the protective film forming film before UV irradiation ( W0 ) and the weight of the protective film forming film after UV irradiation ( W2 ) using the following formula ( 2 ). The results are shown in Tables 1 and 2. ΔW2 = ( W0 - W2 ) / W0 × 100... (2)
[紫外線照射2次並在260℃進行加熱處理10min後的重量減少率(ΔW 3)(%)之測定] 關於實施例1至實施例3以及比較例1至比較例3的保護膜形成膜,使用琳得科公司製UV照射裝置RAD2000,以照度200mW/cm 2、光量300mJ/cm 2的條件下,對150mm×150mm的試驗片各照射2次紫外線。進而,使用島津製作所公司製TG/DTA同步測定裝置DTG-60,以昇溫速度10℃/min自25℃昇溫至260℃,進而以260℃加熱10分鐘。由紫外線照射前的保護膜形成膜的重量(W 0)以及加熱後之保護膜之重量(W 3),藉由下式(3)來求出重量減少率(ΔW 3)(重量%)。結果如表1以及表2所示。 ΔW 3=(W 0-W 3)/W 0×100・・・(3) [Determination of weight loss rate ( ΔW3 ) (%) after two UV irradiations and heating at 260°C for 10 min] Regarding the protective film formed in Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, a RAD2000 UV irradiation device manufactured by Lintec Corporation was used to irradiate each 150mm × 150mm test piece twice with UV irradiation at an illuminance of 200mW/cm² and a light intensity of 300mJ/ cm² . Furthermore, a DTG-60 TG/DTA simultaneous measurement device manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used to heat the film from 25°C to 260°C at a heating rate of 10°C/min, and then heat it at 260°C for 10 minutes. The weight reduction rate ( ΔW3 ) (weight %) was calculated using the following formula (3) based on the weight of the protective film before UV irradiation ( W0 ) and the weight of the protective film after heating (W3). The results are shown in Tables 1 and 2. ΔW3 = ( W0 - W3 ) / W0 × 100... ( 3 )
[無機充填材料以外之成分之凝膠分率之測定] 關於實施例1至實施例3以及比較例1至比較例3的保護膜形成膜,使用琳得科公司製UV照射裝置RAD2000,以照度200mW/cm 2、光量300mJ/cm 2的條件下,各照射2次波長365nm的紫外線。 然後,將紫外線照射後的保護膜形成膜裁斷為50mm×100mm的大小作成試料,以100mm×150mm的尼龍篩網片(篩網尺寸200)包覆,以訂書機釘定而作成試驗片。以精密天秤來秤量試驗片的質量M 1、尼龍篩網片的質量M 2、以及訂書機的針的質量M 3。 另外,預先由將保護膜形成膜經以600℃燒成30分鐘之殘渣部分的質量來求出試驗片的質量M 1中之無機質部分的質量的過程中,確認到該無機質部分的質量相等於實施例1至實施例3以及比較例1至比較例3的保護膜形成膜的調配中之無機充填材料(d)的質量M 4。 [Determination of Gel Content of Components Other Than Inorganic Fillers] Regarding the protective film forming films of Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, a RAD2000 UV irradiation device manufactured by Lintec Corporation was used to irradiate the films twice with a wavelength of 365nm under conditions of 200mW/ cm² illuminance and 300mJ/ cm² light intensity. Then, the protective film forming films after UV irradiation were cut into 50mm×100mm sizes to form test samples, which were then covered with 100mm×150mm nylon mesh sheets (mesh size 200) and stapled to form test pieces. The mass M1 of the test piece, the mass M2 of the nylon mesh, and the mass M3 of the stapler needle were weighed using a precision balance. Furthermore, during the process of pre-determining the mass of the inorganic portion of the test piece's mass M1 from the mass of the residue portion after the protective film forming film has been calcined at 600°C for 30 minutes, it was confirmed that the mass of the inorganic portion was equal to the mass M4 of the inorganic filler material (d) in the formulation of the protective film forming film in Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3.
然後,將試驗片浸漬於25℃的乙酸乙酯(100mL)48小時之後,將紫外線照射後之保護膜之不溶物、尼龍篩網片、以及訂書機的針一起取出,以90℃乾燥3小時,進而以23℃、相對濕度50%的條件下放置1小時來進行調濕。然後,以精密天秤來秤量浸漬及乾燥後的試驗片的質量M 5。並且,藉由下述式(4)來求出無機充填材料以外之成分之凝膠分率。結果如表1以及表2所示。 ΔG=(M 5-M 2-M 3-M 4)/(M 1-M 2-M 3-M 4)×100・・・(4) Then, the test piece was immersed in ethyl acetate (100 mL) at 25°C for 48 hours. The insoluble matter of the protective film after UV irradiation, the nylon mesh, and the stapler needle were removed together and dried at 90°C for 3 hours. Then, it was placed at 23°C and 50% relative humidity for 1 hour to adjust the humidity. Then, the mass M5 of the immersed and dried test piece was weighed with a precision balance. And, the gel fraction of the components other than the inorganic filler was calculated by the following formula (4). The results are shown in Table 1 and Table 2. ΔG=( M5 - M2 - M3 - M4 )/( M1 - M2 - M3 - M4 )×100・・・(4)
[光澤值的降低率之測定] 自實施例1至實施例3以及比較例1至比較例3的保護膜形成膜所獲得之各個第2積層複合片剝離支撐片而作成試驗片。 使用光澤度計(日本電色工業(股份有限公司)公司製「VG7000」),以入射角為60°的條件下來測定露出之保護膜表面的光澤值(能量線硬化之後之保護膜之光澤值(G1))。 之後,將各個試驗片以260℃加熱10分鐘。之後,以與加熱前的光澤值(G1)之測定相同條件來測定保護膜表面的光澤值(加熱處理10分鐘之後之保護膜之光澤值(G2))。藉由下式(5)來求出光澤值的降低率(%)。 光澤值的降低率(%)=(G1-G2)/G1×100・・・(5) 加熱前的光澤值(G1)、加熱後的光澤值(G2)以及光澤值的降低率(%)的結果如表1以及表2所示。 [Determination of Gloss Reduction Rate] Test pieces were prepared by peeling the support sheet from each second-layer laminated composite sheet obtained from the protective film forming films of Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3. The gloss value (gloss value of the protective film after energy line curing (G1)) of the exposed protective film surface was measured using a gloss meter (Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd. "VG7000") at an incident angle of 60°. Then, each test piece was heated at 260°C for 10 minutes. Afterward, the gloss value of the protective film surface was measured under the same conditions as the measurement of the gloss value (G1) before heating (gloss value of the protective film after 10 minutes of heat treatment (G2)). The gloss reduction rate (%) was calculated using the following formula (5). Gloss reduction rate (%) = (G1 - G2) / G1 × 100...(5) The results of the gloss value before heating (G1), the gloss value after heating (G2), and the gloss reduction rate (%) are shown in Tables 1 and 2.
另外,以目視觀察,由於保護膜的表面的滲出的量越增加,光澤值有下降之傾向,故將光澤值的降低率未達30%者評價為保護膜的表面的滲出少而佳之(A),光澤值的降低率為30%以上者評價為保護膜的表面的滲出多而不佳之(C),如表1以及表2所示。In addition, based on visual observation, as the amount of exudation on the surface of the protective film increases, the gloss value tends to decrease. Therefore, those with a gloss value reduction rate of less than 30% are evaluated as having less and better exudation on the surface of the protective film (A), while those with a gloss value reduction rate of more than 30% are evaluated as having more and worse exudation on the surface of the protective film (C), as shown in Tables 1 and 2.
[表1]
[表2]
由上述結果可明顯看出,實施例1至實施例3的保護膜形成膜含有能量線硬化性成分(a),進行能量線硬化並以260℃加熱處理10分鐘之後的重量減少率為3.0%以下,能量線硬化之後之無機充填材料以外之成分之凝膠分率為60%以上。藉此,以回流步驟的一般條件亦即於260℃加熱處理10分鐘的光澤值的降低少,將保護膜形成膜藉由能量線使之硬化而形成之保護膜因回流步驟所致滲出得到抑制。As can be clearly seen from the above results, the protective film formed in Examples 1 to 3 contains an energy-curing component (a), and the weight loss rate after energy-curing and heat treatment at 260°C for 10 minutes is less than 3.0%, and the gel content of components other than inorganic fillers after energy-curing is more than 60%. Therefore, the decrease in gloss value under the general conditions of the reflow step, i.e., heat treatment at 260°C for 10 minutes, is minimal, and the exudation of the protective film formed by energy-curing is suppressed due to the reflow step.
前述保護膜形成膜試驗片的70℃之儲存彈性模數E’ 70為1.0MPa(實施例1)、1.0MPa(實施例2)、0.9MPa(實施例3),皆對晶圓之貼附具有較佳之特性。 The aforementioned protective film forming test piece has a storage elastic modulus E' 70 of 1.0 MPa (Example 1), 1.0 MPa (Example 2), and 0.9 MPa (Example 3) at 70°C, all of which have better characteristics for wafer adhesion.
前述保護膜試驗片的130℃之儲存彈性模數E’ 130為50MPa(實施例1)、40MPa(實施例2)、25MPa(實施例3),皆作為保護膜而言具有較佳之特性。 The aforementioned protective film test pieces have a storage elastic modulus E' 130 of 50 MPa (Example 1), 40 MPa (Example 2), and 25 MPa (Example 3) at 130°C, which are all considered to be good properties for protective films.
相對於此,比較例1至比較例3的保護膜形成膜,進行能量線硬化並以260℃加熱處理10分鐘之後的重量減少率超過3.0%,能量線硬化之後之無機充填材料以外之成分之凝膠分率未達60%。比較例1至比較例3的保護膜形成膜,以回流步驟的一般條件亦即於260℃加熱處理10分鐘之光澤值的降低大,將保護膜形成膜藉由能量線使之硬化而形成之保護膜有因回流步驟所致滲出的疑慮。 [產業可利用性] In contrast, the protective film formed in Comparative Examples 1 to 3 showed a weight reduction rate exceeding 3.0% after energy line curing and heat treatment at 260°C for 10 minutes, and the gel content of components other than inorganic fillers after energy line curing was less than 60%. The protective film formed in Comparative Examples 1 to 3 showed a significant decrease in gloss value under typical reflow conditions (i.e., heat treatment at 260°C for 10 minutes), raising concerns about leakage due to the reflow process. [Industry Applicability]
本發明可利用於包括半導體裝置在內之各種基板裝置之製造。This invention can be used in the manufacture of various substrate devices, including semiconductor devices.
7:扯離手段8:切割片8a:切割片其中一面(第1面)9:晶圓9b:晶圓的內面10,20:支撐片10a,20a:支撐片其中一面(第1面)11,81:基材11a,81a:基材其中一面(第1面)12,82:黏著劑層12a,82a:黏著劑層其中一面(第1面)13,23:能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜13’:保護膜13a,23a:保護膜形成膜其中一面(第1面)13b,23b:保護膜形成膜的另一面(第2面)13a’:保護膜其中一面(第1面)13b’:保護膜的另一面(第2面)15:剝離膜16:治具用接著劑層16a:治具用接著劑層其中一面(第1面)90:晶片90b:晶片的內面901:具保護膜之晶片130’:切斷後的保護膜130b’:保護膜的第2面101,102,103,104:保護膜形成用複合片151:第1剝離膜152:第2剝離膜501:第1積層複合片502:第2積層複合片503:第3積層複合片601:第1積層膜602:第2積層膜603:第3積層膜7: Detachment method 8: Cutting disc 8a: One side of the cutting disc (first side) 9: Wafer 9b: Inner surface of the wafer 10, 20: Supporting sheet 10a, 20a: One side of the supporting sheet (first side) 11, 81: Substrate 11a, 81a: One side of the substrate (first side) 12, 82: Adhesive layer 12a, 82a: One side of the adhesive layer (first side) 13, 23: Protective film forming film for energy line hardening 13’: Protective film 13a, 23a: One side of the protective film forming film (first side) 13b, 23b: The other side of the protective film forming film (second side) 13a’: One side of the protective film ( 13b’: The other side of the protective film (2nd side) 15: Peeling film 16: Fixture adhesive layer 16a: One side of the fixture adhesive layer (1st side) 90: Wafer 90b: Inner side of the wafer 901: Wafer with protective film 130’: Protective film after cutting 130b’: The first side of the protective film 101, 102, 103, 104: Composite sheet for protective film formation; 151: First peel film; 152: Second peel film; 501: First laminated composite sheet; 502: Second laminated composite sheet; 503: Third laminated composite sheet; 601: First laminated film; 602: Second laminated film; 603: Third laminated film.
[圖1]係以示意方式表示本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成膜的一例之剖視圖。 [圖2]係以示意方式表示本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片的一例之剖視圖。 [圖3]係以示意方式表示本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片的另一例之剖視圖。 [圖4]係以示意方式表示本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片的又另一例之剖視圖。 [圖5]係以示意方式表示本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片的又另一例之剖視圖。 [圖6]係用以示意方式說明本發明之一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法的一例之剖視圖。 [圖7]係用以示意方式表示本發明之一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法的另一例之剖視圖。 [Figure 1] is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a protective film forming film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 2] is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 3] is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating another example of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 4] is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating yet another example of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 5] is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating yet another example of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 6] is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Figure 7] is a cross-sectional view illustrating another example of a method for manufacturing a chip with a protective film, representing one embodiment of the present invention.
13:能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜 13a:保護膜形成膜其中一面(第1面) 13b:保護膜形成膜的另一面(第2面) 151:第1剝離膜 152:第2剝離膜 13: Protective film formation for energy line hardening 13a: One side of the protective film (side 1) 13b: The other side of the protective film (side 2) 151: First peeling membrane 152: Second peeling membrane
Claims (7)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2021-055013 | 2021-03-29 | ||
| JP2021055013A JP2022152296A (en) | 2021-03-29 | 2021-03-29 | Protective coat formation film, composite sheet for forming protective coat, and manufacturing method of chip having protective coat |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202239895A TW202239895A (en) | 2022-10-16 |
| TWI904325B true TWI904325B (en) | 2025-11-11 |
Family
ID=
Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TW201936827A (en) | 2017-10-27 | 2019-09-16 | 日商琳得科股份有限公司 | Film for forming protective coating, composite sheet for forming protective coating, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip |
Patent Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TW201936827A (en) | 2017-10-27 | 2019-09-16 | 日商琳得科股份有限公司 | Film for forming protective coating, composite sheet for forming protective coating, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI851545B (en) | Film for protective film formation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for forming semiconductor chip | |
| JPWO2017188216A1 (en) | Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet | |
| TWI719200B (en) | Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip | |
| TWI743361B (en) | Resin layer forming film and resin layer forming composite sheet | |
| CN109071845B (en) | Film for forming protective film and composite sheet for forming protective film | |
| CN111279468B (en) | Film for protective film formation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip | |
| TWI847963B (en) | Film for protective film formation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for forming semiconductor chip | |
| CN112625276B (en) | Film for forming protective film and composite sheet for forming protective film | |
| TWI722178B (en) | Method of manufacturing semiconductor chip having protective film and method of manufacturing semiconductor device | |
| TWI904325B (en) | Methods for manufacturing protective film forming films, composites for forming protective films, and wafers with protective films. | |
| TWI912455B (en) | Methods for manufacturing protective film forming films, composites for forming protective films, and wafers with protective films. | |
| CN118027840A (en) | Composite sheet for forming protective film | |
| CN109005667B (en) | Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet | |
| TWI731964B (en) | Complex sheet for forming protective film | |
| CN108886023B (en) | Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet | |
| CN112625273B (en) | Film for forming protective film and composite sheet for forming protective film | |
| KR102906190B1 (en) | Composite sheet for forming protective film | |
| JP2024008899A (en) | Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, kit, and use of protective film-forming film | |
| TW202410168A (en) | Protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, kit, and use of protective film forming film have excellent shielding of near infrared ray and can suppress occurrence of wrinkles | |
| TW202239895A (en) | Protective film forming film, composite sheet for protective film forming, and manufacturing method of wafer with protective film | |
| JP2024008898A (en) | Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, kit, and use of protective film-forming film | |
| CN116891700A (en) | Applications of protective film forming films, protective film forming composite sheets, kits and protective film forming films | |
| JP2024008460A (en) | Protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, first kit, second kit, use of protective film forming film, and use of second kit | |
| JPWO2017188196A1 (en) | Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet | |
| TW202539904A (en) | Protective film forming film, composite sheet for protective film forming, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film |